US20020115685A1 - Novel N-(arylsulphonyl) amino acid derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them - Google Patents
Novel N-(arylsulphonyl) amino acid derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20020115685A1 US20020115685A1 US09/948,011 US94801101A US2002115685A1 US 20020115685 A1 US20020115685 A1 US 20020115685A1 US 94801101 A US94801101 A US 94801101A US 2002115685 A1 US2002115685 A1 US 2002115685A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- formula
- substituted
- phenyl
- alkyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 title claims description 122
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 53
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 title claims description 16
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 title claims description 6
- 150000003862 amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 title description 5
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 310
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 201
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 86
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 85
- -1 1-piperidyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 82
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 62
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 54
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 54
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 50
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 27
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 19
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 16
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000004214 1-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 14
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000051 benzyloxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 11
- UWYZHKAOTLEWKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CNCCC2=C1 UWYZHKAOTLEWKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- CEIPQQODRKXDSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-(6-hydroxynaphthalen-2-yl)-1H-indazole-5-carboximidate dihydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.C1=C(O)C=CC2=CC(C3=NNC4=CC=C(C=C43)C(=N)OCC)=CC=C21 CEIPQQODRKXDSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 10
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 10
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 10
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 claims description 10
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- VEQOALNAAJBPNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N antipyrine Chemical compound CN1C(C)=CC(=O)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 VEQOALNAAJBPNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 claims description 8
- 229960005222 phenazone Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000003739 carbamimidoyl group Chemical group C(N)(=N)* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002795 guanidino group Chemical group C(N)(=N)N* 0.000 claims description 6
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003161 (C1-C6) alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005047 dihydroimidazolyl group Chemical group N1(CNC=C1)* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005956 isoquinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001037 p-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000006705 (C5-C7) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 300
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 226
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 141
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 115
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 113
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 104
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 97
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 97
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 83
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 76
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 73
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 71
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 70
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 63
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 63
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 60
- 0 Cc(cc1)ccc1S(NCC*NC(Cc(cc1)ccc1C(N)=N)*(*)I)(=O)=O Chemical compound Cc(cc1)ccc1S(NCC*NC(Cc(cc1)ccc1C(N)=N)*(*)I)(=O)=O 0.000 description 59
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 53
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 51
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 45
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 44
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 43
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 42
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- CHKVPAROMQMJNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium bisulfate Chemical compound [K+].OS([O-])(=O)=O CHKVPAROMQMJNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 26
- 229910000343 potassium bisulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 25
- OTYBMLCTZGSZBG-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium sulfate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OTYBMLCTZGSZBG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 23
- 229910052939 potassium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 23
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 20
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 19
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 19
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 18
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 17
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 229960001701 chloroform Drugs 0.000 description 16
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000012429 reaction media Substances 0.000 description 16
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- OPECTNGATDYLSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-2-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)Cl)=CC=C21 OPECTNGATDYLSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 10
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Trifluoroacetate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000002198 insoluble material Substances 0.000 description 9
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 8
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 8
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butoxycarbonyl anhydride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)OC(=O)OC(C)(C)C DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- VWSLLSXLURJCDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=NCCN1 Chemical compound CC1=NCCN1 VWSLLSXLURJCDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonia Natural products N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229940012017 ethylenediamine Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- RMBLTLXJGNILPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-cyanophenyl)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]propanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 RMBLTLXJGNILPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102400000967 Bradykinin Human genes 0.000 description 6
- QXZGBUJJYSLZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N H-Arg-Pro-Pro-Gly-Phe-Ser-Pro-Phe-Arg-OH Natural products NC(N)=NCCCC(N)C(=O)N1CCCC1C(=O)N1C(C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O)CCC1 QXZGBUJJYSLZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-bromosuccinimide Chemical compound BrN1C(=O)CCC1=O PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- QXZGBUJJYSLZLT-FDISYFBBSA-N bradykinin Chemical compound NC(=N)NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N1[C@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)CCC1 QXZGBUJJYSLZLT-FDISYFBBSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 6
- MXXVLKUWCPOCPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2-amino-3-oxo-3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropyl)benzonitrile;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.C1CCCN1C(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 MXXVLKUWCPOCPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 101800004538 Bradykinin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108050001736 Bradykinin receptor Proteins 0.000 description 5
- FRQUHSBKTAMSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)=CC=C1 FRQUHSBKTAMSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- CHBXCQHBCCLICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1 CHBXCQHBCCLICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- IVSZLXZYQVIEFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1 IVSZLXZYQVIEFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- BTQZKHUEUDPRST-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=CC(F)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(F)=C1 BTQZKHUEUDPRST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QPUYECUOLPXSFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 QPUYECUOLPXSFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- UAEPNZWRGJTJPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1CCCCC1 Chemical compound CC1CCCCC1 UAEPNZWRGJTJPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- OSIGJGFTADMDOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=CC=CC(C)=C1 Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C)=C1 OSIGJGFTADMDOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000001576 beta-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000010183 Bradykinin receptor Human genes 0.000 description 4
- VJYXZJGDFJJDGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C1 VJYXZJGDFJJDGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OSOUNOBYRMOXQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1 OSOUNOBYRMOXQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QIMMUPPBPVKWKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1 QIMMUPPBPVKWKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CHLICZRVGGXEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 CHLICZRVGGXEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N DL-menthol Natural products CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- QNXSIUBBGPHDDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N indan-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)CCC2=C1 QNXSIUBBGPHDDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N (-)-Menthol Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BUAVPRGEIAVFBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-yl)acetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(CC(=O)O)NCCC2=C1 BUAVPRGEIAVFBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QFHFJCQKUJPYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfonylamino)-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1S(=O)(=O)NC(CC(=O)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QFHFJCQKUJPYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WSVLPVUVIUVCRA-KPKNDVKVSA-N Alpha-lactose monohydrate Chemical compound O.O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WSVLPVUVIUVCRA-KPKNDVKVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium acetate Chemical compound N.CC(O)=O USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000005695 Ammonium acetate Substances 0.000 description 3
- QWVGKYWNOKOFNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(O)C=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(O)C=CC=C1 QWVGKYWNOKOFNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NPDACUSDTOMAMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 NPDACUSDTOMAMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000005158 Subtilisins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010056079 Subtilisins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 235000019257 ammonium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940043376 ammonium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 3
- HRYZWHHZPQKTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroethane Chemical compound CCCl HRYZWHHZPQKTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001767 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 3
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960001021 lactose monohydrate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940041616 menthol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 3
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 3
- UAFUIWDKLIXSAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-1-ium dichloride Chemical compound Cl.N1CCCC1.N1CCCC1.Cl UAFUIWDKLIXSAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012047 saturated solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- BSALFGZSJNYKCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[3-(4-cyanophenyl)-1-oxo-1-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound C1CCCN1C(=O)C(NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 BSALFGZSJNYKCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005550 wet granulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- RMBLTLXJGNILPG-GFCCVEGCSA-N (2r)-3-(4-cyanophenyl)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]propanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 RMBLTLXJGNILPG-GFCCVEGCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KWIPUXXIFQQMKN-VIFPVBQESA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 KWIPUXXIFQQMKN-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- KUYWHQWHVXNQFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfonylamino)-2,3-dihydro-1h-indene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)NC3C4=CC=CC=C4CC3C(=O)O)=CC=C21 KUYWHQWHVXNQFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHJAQKAAIOHCGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-trichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC1=CC(Cl)=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C(Cl)=C1 WHJAQKAAIOHCGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-METHOXYETHANOL Chemical compound COCCO XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VCEHWDBVPZFHAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[1-[2-[[2-[[2-[[1-[1-[2-amino-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCCC(N)C(=O)N1CCCC1C(=O)N1C(C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(O)=O)CCC1 VCEHWDBVPZFHAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NKSZCPBUWGZONP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dihydroisoquinoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NCCC2=C1 NKSZCPBUWGZONP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WERAVAVZZMWCOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-3-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]propanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NC(CC(O)=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 WERAVAVZZMWCOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATAKFDOLGODADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfonylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1S(=O)(=O)NC(CC(=O)O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 ATAKFDOLGODADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZWLSFMKIYINIHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-3-(4-phenylphenyl)propanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C(CC(O)=O)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZWLSFMKIYINIHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JTNQFJPZRTURSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NC(CC(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 JTNQFJPZRTURSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UURXBPZEUPHDLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(3,4-dichlorophenyl)sulfonylamino]-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(CC(=O)O)NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 UURXBPZEUPHDLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZVUQADJKIMZKRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-amino-3-(3-propan-2-yloxyphenyl)propanoic acid;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CC(C)OC1=CC=CC(C(N)CC(O)=O)=C1 ZVUQADJKIMZKRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YRBDFRNGHLHRTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-amino-3-phenylpropanoic acid;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.OC(=O)CC(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 YRBDFRNGHLHRTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOYFRCOTPUKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ammonio-3-phenylpropanoate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC([NH3+])C1=CC=CC=C1 UJOYFRCOTPUKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BXGDBHAMTMMNTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-3-(4-chlorophenyl)propanoate Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(N)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 BXGDBHAMTMMNTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VRUOXMGLRJASJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenyl-3-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfonylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C2CCCCC2=CC=1S(=O)(=O)NC(CC(=O)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 VRUOXMGLRJASJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XSYRYMGYPBGOPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-amino-3-phenylbutanoic acid;hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].OC(=O)CC(C[NH3+])C1=CC=CC=C1 XSYRYMGYPBGOPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XGYKKVTZDQDYJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobutanenitrile Chemical compound NCCCC#N XGYKKVTZDQDYJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ISDBWOPVZKNQDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-phenylbenzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC(C=O)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ISDBWOPVZKNQDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940122155 Bradykinin receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WYUIWKFIFOJVKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 WYUIWKFIFOJVKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OAVDTRCBGZNDIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1CCC(C)N1C Chemical compound CC1CCC(C)N1C OAVDTRCBGZNDIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKRWPWNQLMIHHE-VHXPQNKSSA-N CCCCCCCCCCCCCCN(C)/C(C)=N/CCCCCC Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCN(C)/C(C)=N/CCCCCC CKRWPWNQLMIHHE-VHXPQNKSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(C)C Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1CCOCC1 Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940126062 Compound A Drugs 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heterophylliin A Natural products O1C2COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC2C(OC(=O)C=2C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=2)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 2
- WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.ON WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FYSKZKQBTVLYEQ-FSLKYBNLSA-N Kallidin Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N1[C@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O)CCC1 FYSKZKQBTVLYEQ-FSLKYBNLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010003195 Kallidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010093008 Kinins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000002397 Kinins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 108010073038 Penicillin Amidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-WZBLMQSHSA-N Quinine Chemical compound C([C@H]([C@H](C1)C=C)C2)C[N@@]1[C@@H]2[C@H](O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-WZBLMQSHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000320 amidine group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HTZCNXWZYVXIMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzyl(triethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 HTZCNXWZYVXIMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1 WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003983 crown ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002463 imidates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RBTARNINKXHZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Fe](Cl)Cl RBTARNINKXHZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- GOOLZMPFKPROBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-hydroxyimino-1,2-dihydroindene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=NO)C(C(=O)OC)CC2=C1 GOOLZMPFKPROBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YBKCOFSJGXNOKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-oxo-1,2-dihydroindene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(C(=O)OC)CC2=C1 YBKCOFSJGXNOKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CXHHBNMLPJOKQD-UHFFFAOYSA-M methyl carbonate Chemical compound COC([O-])=O CXHHBNMLPJOKQD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- NNFCIKHAZHQZJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium cyanide Chemical compound [K+].N#[C-] NNFCIKHAZHQZJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001120 potassium sulphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940080818 propionamide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetralin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCCC2=C1 CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940075966 (+)- menthol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-AEJSXWLSSA-N (+)-menthol Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H]1CC[C@H](C)C[C@@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-AEJSXWLSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTCZBILXZYCDQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-3-(4-phenylphenyl)propanoate Chemical compound C=1C=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=CC=1C(NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O HTCZBILXZYCDQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXYXEOVUUVEREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-amino-3-phenylpropyl) methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCC(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UXYXEOVUUVEREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHLOSKQPXZYPPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-methoxycarbonyl-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-1-yl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CC=C2C(N)C(C(=O)OC)CC2=C1 OHLOSKQPXZYPPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AILVBOHFGXNHCC-TZPCGENMSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-1-[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]pyrrolidine- Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N1[C@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(O)=O)CCC1 AILVBOHFGXNHCC-TZPCGENMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGAPYBBQGHUQNM-YYGRSCHNSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-1-[(2s)-2-amino-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-4-methylpe Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 BGAPYBBQGHUQNM-YYGRSCHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RMBLTLXJGNILPG-LBPRGKRZSA-N (2s)-3-(4-cyanophenyl)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]propanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 RMBLTLXJGNILPG-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNQUUSZAYYNMSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N (5-methyl-2-propan-2-ylcyclohexyl) 3-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-3-phenylpropanoate Chemical compound CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1OC(=O)CC(NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 UNQUUSZAYYNMSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OPCJOXGBLDJWRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diamino-2-methylpropane Chemical compound CC(C)(N)CN OPCJOXGBLDJWRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ADFXKUOMJKEIND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dicyclohexylurea Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC(=O)NC1CCCCC1 ADFXKUOMJKEIND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHCKTCPQIUFRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-azaniumyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N)C(C(O)=O)CCC2=C1 MHCKTCPQIUFRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IKQCSJBQLWJEPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dihydroxybenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C(S(O)(=O)=O)=C1 IKQCSJBQLWJEPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TXQDHQBSNAJSHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydro-1h-pyrrole Chemical compound CC1NC(C)C=C1 TXQDHQBSNAJSHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHILAWAKOJROOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-naphthalen-2-ylsulfonyl-3,4-dihydro-1h-isoquinolin-1-yl)acetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)N3C(C4=CC=CC=C4CC3)CC(=O)O)=CC=C21 UHILAWAKOJROOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NKNFGTZKGUVHGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1S(Cl)(=O)=O NKNFGTZKGUVHGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XRQQHZFWAKIKQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(naphthalen-1-ylsulfonylamino)acetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)NCC(=O)O)=CC=CC2=C1 XRQQHZFWAKIKQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJBLZVFWFXSULR-LEWJYISDSA-N 2-[(2s,4r)-1-naphthalen-2-ylsulfonyl-4-phenylmethoxypyrrolidin-2-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@H](N(C1)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)CC(=O)O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 LJBLZVFWFXSULR-LEWJYISDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LIFBCDXIKAUTPW-GGAORHGYSA-N 2-[(2s,4r)-2-naphthalen-2-ylsulfonyl-4-phenylmethoxypyrrolidin-2-yl]acetonitrile Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@](NC1)(CC#N)S(=O)(C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 LIFBCDXIKAUTPW-GGAORHGYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWIPUXXIFQQMKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azaniumyl-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propanoate Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 KWIPUXXIFQQMKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QORTXNCOTNUFQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfonylamino)-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1S(=O)(=O)NC(C(O)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QORTXNCOTNUFQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PJKVFARRVXDXAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-naphthaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(C=O)=CC=C21 PJKVFARRVXDXAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMZCDNSFRSVYKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylacetyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 VMZCDNSFRSVYKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004485 2-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- HNJZDPKMMZXSKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dichlorobenzenethiol Chemical compound SC1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 HNJZDPKMMZXSKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOYRWUNOBPZIDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-3-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfonylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1S(=O)(=O)NC(CC(=O)O)C1=CC=CC=C1O HOYRWUNOBPZIDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHDVSHRTSIEYRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-[(2-phenylacetyl)amino]propanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C(Cl)C=CC=1C(CC(=O)O)NC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WHDVSHRTSIEYRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LEOPJDCHQFULTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfonylamino)-4-phenylbutanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1S(=O)(=O)NC(CC(=O)O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 LEOPJDCHQFULTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTCOJZXICXSLRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-amino-3-(2-hydroxyphenyl)propanoic acid;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC(=O)CC(N)C1=CC=CC=C1O XTCOJZXICXSLRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDUFMTYHFNACTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-amino-3-(4-phenylphenyl)propanoic acid;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CC(C(CC(O)=O)N)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 HDUFMTYHFNACTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBQWTBUFZZBNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-amino-3-naphthalen-2-ylpropanoic acid;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CC=CC2=CC(C(CC(O)=O)N)=CC=C21 FBQWTBUFZZBNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HUZKXDQTKJHQSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-amino-n-[3-(4-cyanophenyl)-1-oxo-1-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropan-2-yl]-3-(4-phenylphenyl)propanamide;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.C=1C=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=CC=1C(N)CC(=O)NC(C(=O)N1CCCC1)CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 HUZKXDQTKJHQSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GQGOJJDJAUDBLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-amino-n-[3-(4-cyanophenyl)-1-oxo-1-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropan-2-yl]-3-phenylpropanamide;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.C=1C=CC=CC=1C(N)CC(=O)NC(C(=O)N1CCCC1)CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 GQGOJJDJAUDBLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ACJWNKAQMZQVBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-3-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)propanoate Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(N)C1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 ACJWNKAQMZQVBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJZGTTDEOZUSRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-3-(4-phenylphenyl)propanoate Chemical compound C1=CC(C(CC(O)=O)N)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 BJZGTTDEOZUSRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GQXAGIFFGUWZTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenyl-3-(quinolin-2-ylsulfonylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=NC=1S(=O)(=O)NC(CC(=O)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 GQXAGIFFGUWZTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQJKARACCMTJEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenyl-3-(quinolin-8-ylsulfonylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=CC2=CC=CN=C2C=1S(=O)(=O)NC(CC(=O)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WQJKARACCMTJEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBRLIOYMOIHPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenyl-3-[(2,4,6-trichlorophenyl)sulfonylamino]propanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(CC(=O)O)NS(=O)(=O)C1=C(Cl)C=C(Cl)C=C1Cl LBRLIOYMOIHPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOBKCEXLDDGYID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-propan-2-yloxybenzaldehyde Chemical compound CC(C)OC1=CC=CC(C=O)=C1 NOBKCEXLDDGYID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMLFTCYAQPPZER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile Chemical compound BrCC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 UMLFTCYAQPPZER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXUZDJXKAJXIEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-amino-3-(2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydropyrrol-1-yl)-3-oxopropyl]benzonitrile;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.CC1C=CC(C)N1C(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 QXUZDJXKAJXIEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CQPGDDAKTTWVDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromobutanenitrile Chemical compound BrCCCC#N CQPGDDAKTTWVDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEMGTWXFCBVWDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-1-naphthalen-2-ylsulfonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1C(O)CC(C(O)=O)N1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1 IEMGTWXFCBVWDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FNEIMPFRVQQOMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-2-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound C1CCCC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)Cl)=CC=C21 FNEIMPFRVQQOMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCXJFMDOHDNDCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-$l^{1}-oxidanyl-3,4-dihydropyrrol-2-one Chemical group O=C1CCC(=O)[N]1 HCXJFMDOHDNDCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaminophen Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004382 Amylase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000013142 Amylases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010065511 Amylases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KHBQMWCZKVMBLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzenesulfonamide Chemical class NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KHBQMWCZKVMBLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXKLZZRCMVKNTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC(=N)NCC#N.CC(=N)NCCCC#N.CC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1.CN1CCCC1 Chemical compound CC.CC(=N)NCC#N.CC(=N)NCCCC#N.CC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1.CN1CCCC1 NXKLZZRCMVKNTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKDPVXCVJOOPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1.CN1CCCC1 Chemical compound CC.CC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1.CN1CCCC1 JKDPVXCVJOOPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFMSCUADPZTHPQ-LOYNDDMJSA-N CC1=C2N=CC=CC2=CC=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1.CC1=NCCN1.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCN(C)/C=N\CCCCCC.CN1CCCC1 Chemical compound CC1=C2N=CC=CC2=CC=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1.CC1=NCCN1.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCN(C)/C=N\CCCCCC.CN1CCCC1 LFMSCUADPZTHPQ-LOYNDDMJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTIOKHLEFPTZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 WTIOKHLEFPTZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(O)=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(O)=CC=C1 RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IVIDJLLPQYHHLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC2=C(C=C1)CCCC2 Chemical compound CC1=CC2=C(C=C1)CCCC2 IVIDJLLPQYHHLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYNCNDYNCNQWMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1.CN1CCCC1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1.CN1CCCC1 KYNCNDYNCNQWMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYZQUPDKDIVFNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(SO(O)NCCC(=O)NC(CC2=CC=C(C(=N)N)C=C2)C(=O)N(C)C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(SO(O)NCCC(=O)NC(CC2=CC=C(C(=N)N)C=C2)C(=O)N(C)C)C=C1 RYZQUPDKDIVFNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC=C1 YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODLMAHJVESYWTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CCCC1=CC=CC=C1 ODLMAHJVESYWTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSKXFQRSHOQXFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCN(C)C(=O)C(CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C Chemical compound CCCCCCCCN(C)C(=O)C(CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C MSKXFQRSHOQXFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPEVSUBOVUJTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCN(C)C(=O)C(CC1=CC=C(C2=NCCN2)C=C1)NC(=O)CC(NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CCCCCCCCN(C)C(=O)C(CC1=CC=C(C2=NCCN2)C=C1)NC(=O)CC(NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 VPEVSUBOVUJTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLQXVQCBJFYVQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(C)CCCNC=N Chemical compound CN(C)CCCNC=N NLQXVQCBJFYVQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000001258 Cinchona calisaya Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- FEADULSLUQITPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cl.O=C(CC(NO(O)SC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)NC(CC1=CC=C(C2=NCCN2)C=C1)C(=O)N1CCCC1 Chemical compound Cl.O=C(CC(NO(O)SC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)NC(CC1=CC=C(C2=NCCN2)C=C1)C(=O)N1CCCC1 FEADULSLUQITPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical compound S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021578 Iron(III) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710151321 Melanostatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS([O-])(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010080798 N(alpha)-(2-naphthylsulfonylglycyl)-4-amidinophenylalanine piperidide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UWLFYHABGOYXSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N=C(N)C1=CC=C(CC(NC(=O)CNO(O)SC2=CC=C3C=CC=CC3=C2)C(=O)N2CCCCC2)C=C1 Chemical compound N=C(N)C1=CC=C(CC(NC(=O)CNO(O)SC2=CC=C3C=CC=CC3=C2)C(=O)N2CCCCC2)C=C1 UWLFYHABGOYXSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007920 Neurogenic Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102400000064 Neuropeptide Y Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910006069 SO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000034189 Sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 244000299461 Theobroma cacao Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000009470 Theobroma cacao Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940122388 Thrombin inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010047295 Ventricular hypertrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HKJMOZGLWUHMQD-LEWJYISDSA-N [(2s,4r)-1-naphthalen-2-ylsulfonyl-4-phenylmethoxypyrrolidin-2-yl]methanol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@H](N(C1)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)CO)CC1=CC=CC=C1 HKJMOZGLWUHMQD-LEWJYISDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UAVFZLVYWFAFBP-FCHUYYIVSA-N [(2s,4r)-1-naphthalen-2-ylsulfonyl-4-phenylmethoxypyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl methanesulfonate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@H](N(C1)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)COS(=O)(=O)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UAVFZLVYWFAFBP-FCHUYYIVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWFLLLJFXAJFLJ-MNYXATJNSA-N [3H]/N=C(/N)[Y] Chemical compound [3H]/N=C(/N)[Y] GWFLLLJFXAJFLJ-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003929 acidic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004466 alkoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005210 alkyl ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000172 allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001370 alpha-amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000008206 alpha-amino acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004202 aminomethyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium formate Chemical compound [NH4+].[O-]C=O VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019418 amylase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002421 anti-septic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002785 anti-thrombosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012223 aqueous fraction Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JXLHNMVSKXFWAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N azane;7-fluoro-2,1,3-benzoxadiazole-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound N.OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C2=NON=C12 JXLHNMVSKXFWAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RROBIDXNTUAHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazol-1-yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)phosphanium Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O[P+](N(C)C)(N(C)C)N(C)C)N=NC2=C1 RROBIDXNTUAHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFBHFFJDDLITSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl N-[2-hydroxy-4-(3-oxomorpholin-4-yl)phenyl]carbamate Chemical compound OC1=C(NC(=O)OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=CC(=C1)N1CCOCC1=O FFBHFFJDDLITSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC1=CC=CC=C1 AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ADSALMJPJUKESW-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-Homoproline Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1CCCN1 ADSALMJPJUKESW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ROJMAHHOFDIQTI-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium;2-[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxylatomethyl)amino]acetate;hydron;piperazine Chemical compound [Ca+2].C1CNCCN1.OC(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC([O-])=O ROJMAHHOFDIQTI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000037976 chronic inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037893 chronic inflammatory disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinchonine Natural products C1C(C(C2)C=C)CCN2C1C(O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006264 debenzylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003963 dichloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dmso dimethylsulfoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O.CS(C)=O CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000010227 enterocolitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZCLXKSVRSCZOLY-XZOQPEGZSA-N ethyl 2-[(2s,4r)-1-naphthalen-2-ylsulfonyl-4-phenylmethoxypyrrolidin-2-yl]acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@H](N(C1)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)CC(=O)OCC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ZCLXKSVRSCZOLY-XZOQPEGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RIFGWPKJUGCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl chloroformate Chemical compound CCOC(Cl)=O RIFGWPKJUGCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019264 food flavour enhancer Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OCUALGGRTZGVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrazinylidenemethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound NN=CS(O)(=O)=O OCUALGGRTZGVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- QURWXBZNHXJZBE-SKXRKSCCSA-N icatibant Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N1[C@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2SC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N2[C@H](CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C(=O)N2[C@@H](C[C@@H]3CCCC[C@@H]32)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O)C[C@@H](O)C1 QURWXBZNHXJZBE-SKXRKSCCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700023918 icatibant Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- FMKOJHQHASLBPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropyl iodide Chemical compound CC(C)I FMKOJHQHASLBPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010060480 kallidin receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DWKPPFQULDPWHX-VKHMYHEASA-N l-alanyl ester Chemical compound COC(=O)[C@H](C)N DWKPPFQULDPWHX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001375 lactose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide Chemical compound [Li+].C[Si](C)(C)[N-][Si](C)(C)C YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- SWVMLNPDTIFDDY-FVGYRXGTSA-N methyl (2s)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.COC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 SWVMLNPDTIFDDY-FVGYRXGTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZZWWZTUTCNHPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 1-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfonylamino)-2,3-dihydro-1h-indene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)NC3C4=CC=CC=C4CC3C(=O)OC)=CC=C21 XZZWWZTUTCNHPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HGHMWCSHDBTEDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 1-amino-2,3-dihydro-1h-indene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N)C(C(=O)OC)CC2=C1 HGHMWCSHDBTEDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SDSWSVBXRBXPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-3-phenylpropanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NC(C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 SDSWSVBXRBXPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=CC2=C1 PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DASJFYAPNPUBGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)Cl)=CC=CC2=C1 DASJFYAPNPUBGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- URPYMXQQVHTUDU-OFGSCBOVSA-N nucleopeptide y Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 URPYMXQQVHTUDU-OFGSCBOVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KJIFKLIQANRMOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxidanium;4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound O.CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 KJIFKLIQANRMOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000020477 pH reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-ethylbenzaldehyde Natural products CCC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004810 partition chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005897 peptide coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003444 phase transfer catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus pentachloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011151 potassium sulphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZNZJJSYHZBXQSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-2,2-diamine Chemical compound CC(C)(N)N ZNZJJSYHZBXQSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- QLNJFJADRCOGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propionamide Chemical compound CCC(N)=O QLNJFJADRCOGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000005069 pulmonary fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BSHQPCLDMYSZII-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidine trihydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.Cl.N1CCCC1 BSHQPCLDMYSZII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N quinidine Chemical class C([C@H]([C@H](C1)C=C)C2)C[N@@]1[C@H]2[C@@H](O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000948 quinine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VHXJRLYFEJAIAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoline-2-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(S(=O)(=O)Cl)=CC=C21 VHXJRLYFEJAIAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUYUYCIJACTHMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoline-8-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C(S(=O)(=O)Cl)=CC=CC2=C1 JUYUYCIJACTHMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002345 respiratory system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010039083 rhinitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036303 septic shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- IKFUOWLTOBNMNS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-2-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].C1CCCC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)[O-])=CC=C21 IKFUOWLTOBNMNS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910021653 sulphate ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LDKDMDVMMCXTMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-(1-hydroxy-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NC(CO)CC1=CC=CC=C1 LDKDMDVMMCXTMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PEZOYANXMXLSKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[3-(4-cyanophenyl)-1-(2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydropyrrol-1-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound CC1C=CC(C)N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 PEZOYANXMXLSKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODNQSNHNAHGZNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[3-[[3-(4-cyanophenyl)-1-oxo-1-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropan-2-yl]amino]-3-oxo-1-(4-phenylphenyl)propyl]carbamate Chemical compound C=1C=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=CC=1C(NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CC(=O)NC(C(=O)N1CCCC1)CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 ODNQSNHNAHGZNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZKDQCQPYTUZDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[3-[[3-(4-cyanophenyl)-1-oxo-1-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropan-2-yl]amino]-3-oxo-1-phenylpropyl]carbamate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CC(=O)NC(C(=O)N1CCCC1)CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 OZKDQCQPYTUZDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)C CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HNKJADCVZUBCPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioanisole Chemical compound CSC1=CC=CC=C1 HNKJADCVZUBCPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003868 thrombin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D239/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C311/15—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C07C311/16—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to an acyclic carbon atom
- C07C311/19—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to an acyclic carbon atom to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D233/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D233/22—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D233/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D233/24—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D233/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D233/26—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
- C07D295/182—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids
- C07D295/185—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids from aliphatic carboxylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
Definitions
- the present invention relates to novel N-(arylsulphonyl)amino acid derivatives, to their preparation and to pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
- bradyklnin is a nonapeptide belonging, like the decapeptide kallidin, to the class of kinins and which shows physiological activity in the cardiovascular field and as a mediator in inflammation and pain.
- BK bradyklnin
- Several bradykinin receptors are distinguished: the B 1 and B 2 receptors (D. Regoli et al., Pharmacol. Rev., 1980, 32, 1-46).
- the B 2 receptors are the bradykinin and kallidin receptors: they are predominant and are normally found in most tissues; the B 1 receptors are the receptors specific for [des-Arg 9 ] bradykinin and for [des-Arg 10 ] kallidin: they are induced during inflammatory processes.
- Bradykinin receptors have been cloned for different species, in particular for the human species: B 1 receptor : J. G. Menke et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1994, 269 (34) 21583-21586; B 2 receptor : J. F. Hess, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 1992,.184, 260-268.
- bradykinin-receptor antagonists Many antagonists described have peptide structures.
- HOE-140 F. J. Hock, Brit. J. Pharmacol. 1991, 102, 769-773
- B2 receptor [des-Arg 9 , Leu 8 ] bradykinin for the B 1 receptor
- SR 173657 a B 2 receptor antagonist of non-peptide structure
- N-(arylsulphonyl)amino acid derivatives some are known and have various pharmacological activities. Thus, compounds with anti-thrombotic activity are described in the European, German and international patents or patent applications EP 558,961, EP 236,163, BP 236,164, DD 155,954, DE 4,115,468 and WO 92/16549.
- EP 558,961, EP 236,163, BP 236,164, DD 155,954, DE 4,115,468 and WO 92/16549 In this field of activity, NAPAP, derived from N-(naphthalenesulphonyl)-glycine of formula:
- N-tosyl-p-alanine derivatives of formula: in which a and b, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute a ring such as piperidine, pyrrolidine or morpholine, are described in Pharmazie, 1984, 39 (5), 315-317.
- N-(arylsulphonyl)proline derivatives have been cited as thrombin inhibitors in Pharmazie, 1986, 41 (4), 233-235 and Pharmazie, 1987, 42 (2), 114-116.
- Ar I is a naphthyl, a phenyl, a quinolyl or an isocuinolyl, which are optionally substituted;
- Ar II is a phenyl or a thienyl, which are optionally substituted;
- R I , R II and R′ II are, independently of each other, H or (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl;
- R I is nothing and N is linked to Ar II and optionally R I , and R′ II form a double bond;
- R I or R I is linked to Ar II and is a (C 1 -C 3 ) alkylene
- R III and R IV which may be identical or different, are H, (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl or form, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, a (C 5 -C 7 ) heterocycle;
- Z 1 is a (C 1 -C 12 )alkylene
- Q 1 is methyl, amino, (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxycarbonylamino, (C 1 -C 4 ) alkylamino, di (C 1 -C 4 )alkylamino, pyrrolidinyl, piperidino, morpholino, piperazinyl, (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-4-piperazinyl, amidino, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylamidino, guanidino, (C 1 -C 4 ) alkylguanidino, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, hydroxyl, (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, (C 2 -C 8 )alkoxycarbonyl, amino(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-N-(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-amino, carbamoyl or phenyl, which is optionally
- Q 2 is H or (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl
- Q 3 is H or (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl or Q 1 and Q 3 are linked to form a heterocycle and together are (C 2 -C 3 )alkylene when Z 1 is nothing, in the form of pure enantiomers or mixtures thereof in any proportion; as well as the salts thereof with acids.
- noveL compounds have now been found which have, unexpectedly, affinity for the bradykinin receptors.
- R 1 is a phenyl, a naphthyl, a tetrahydronaphthyl, a quinolyl or an isoquinolyl, the said rings being unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with R 10 ;
- R 2 is a phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with R 11 , a phenyl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times on the phenyl with R 11 , a naphthyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with R 11 , a cyclohexyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with R II ; or R 2 and R 9 are linked together and constitute a (C 3 -C 5 )alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted with R 12 or a (C 2 -C 4 )alkylene which is interrupted with an oxygen atom or a sulphur atom and is unsubstituted or substituted with R 12 ;
- R 2 and R 9 together with the carbon atom and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute tetrahydroisoquinoline which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with a halogen, a hydroxyl, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, a (C 1 -C 4 ) alkoxy or a benzyloxy;
- R 3 is hydrogen or a hydroxyl
- R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen or a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl
- R 4 and R 5 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute a heterocyclic radical chosen from 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidyl, perhydro-1-azepinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 4-oxo-1-piperldyl, dihydro-1-pyrrolyl or dihydro-2-imidazolyl, the said heterocyclic radicals being unsubstituted or substituted one or more tmes with R 13 ;
- R 6 is hydrogen and R 6 can also be R 8 when R 7 is hydrogen;
- R 7 is hydrogen or a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl
- R 8 is hydrogen; a benzyl which is unsubstituted or substituted on the phenyl one or more times with R 13 ; or a group ZR 14 ;
- R 7 and R 8 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute a heterocyclic radical chosen from 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidyl, 1-perhydro-1-azepinyl, 4-morpholinyl, tetrahydro-2-pyrimidinyl, 1-piperazinyl or 1-piperazinyl substituted in position 4 with a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl or a benzyl;
- R 7 is hydrogen
- R 6 and R 8 are linked together to form a (C 2 -C 4 )alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with a (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl;
- R 9 is hydrogen, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl or a phenyl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted on the phenyl one or more times with R 11 ;
- R 10 is a halogen, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, a hydroxyl, an amino, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkylamino or a di(C 1 -C 4 ) alkylamino;
- R 11 is a halogen, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, a trifluoromethyl, a phenyl, a hydroxyl, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy or a benzyloxy; or R 11 is in the ortho position to the phenyl representing R 2 and forms with R 3 a methylene group or an ethylene group;
- R 11 is in the ortho position to the phenyl representing R 2 and forms with R 9 a methylene group or an ethylene group;
- R 12 is a halogen, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, a hydroxyl, a (C 1 1 -C 4 ) alkoxy, a benzyloxy, an oxo, a phenyl, an acetyloxy or a trifluoroacetyloxy;
- R 13 is a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, a halogen or a hydroxyl
- R 14 is a methyl, an amino, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkylamino, a di (C 1 -C 4 ) alkylamino, a tri (C 1 -C 4 ) alkylamrronium, an amidino, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkylamidino, a guanidino, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkylguanidino, a hydroxyl, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxycarbonyl, a group —AlkN(R 15 )Alk′N(R 15 ) 2 , or a heterocyclic radical chosen from 1-pyrrol-idinyl, 1-piperidyl, perhydro-1-azepinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, dihydroimidazolyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrimidin
- R 15 and R′ 15 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl
- R 16 is hydrogen or a methyl, or R 16 forms with R 9 a methylene group
- R 17 is hydrogen or a methyl
- Alk and Alk′ are, independently of each other, a (C 1 -C 4 ) alkylene
- Z is a (C 2 -C 1. 2 )alkylene or a (C 1 -C 6 )alkylene which is interrupted or substituted with a (C 1 -C 7 )cycloalkyl or with a phenyl;
- C* is an asymmetric carbon atom; as well as the salts thereof with inorganic or organic acids.
- the salts are generally prepared with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, but the salts of other acids which are useful for the purification or isolation of the compounds of formula (I) also form part of the invention.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of formula (I) are, for example, the hydrochloride, the hydrobromide, the sulphate, he methanesulphonate, the benzenesulphonate, the naphthalenesulphonate, the maleate, the fumarate, the citrate, the acetate, the gluconate, the dobesilate or the sultosilate.
- the compounds of formula (I) comprise 2 (or possibly more) asymmetric carbon atoms and the 4 (or possibly more) pure enantiomers, as well as the mixture thereof in any proportion, are subjects of the invention.
- halogen is understood to refer to chlorine, fluorine, bromine or iodine, chlorine and fluorine being preferred.
- alkyl, alkylene and alkoxy are understood to refer, respectively, to a linear or branched alkyl radical, alkylene radical or alkoxy radical.
- R 1 is a phenyl, a naphthyl, a tetrahydronaphthyl, a quinolyl or an isoquinolyl, the said rings being unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with R 10 ;
- R 2 is a phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with R 11 , a phenyl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times on the phenyl with R 11 , or a naphthyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with
- R 2 and R 8 are linked together and constitute a (C 3 -Cs)alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted with R 12 or a (C 2 -C 4 )alkylene which is interrupted with an oxygen atom or a sulphur atom and is unsubstituted or substituted with R 12 ;
- R 2 and R 9 together with the carbon atom and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute tetrahydroisoquinoline which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with a halogen, a hydroxyl, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy or a benzyloxy;
- R 3 is hydrogen or a hydroxyl
- R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen or a (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl
- R 4 and R 5 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute a heterocyclic radical chosen from 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidyl, perhydro-1-azepinyl, 4-morpholinyl or 4-oxo-1-piperidyl, the said heterocyclic radicals being unsubstituted or substituted with R 13 ;
- R 6 is hydrogen, R 6 can also be Rs when R 7 is hydrogen;
- R 7 is hydrogen or a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl
- R 9 is hydrogen; a benzyl which is unsubstituted or substituted on the phenyl one or more times with R 13 ; or a group ZR 14 ;
- R 7 and R 8 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute a heterocyclic radical chosen from 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidyl, perhydro-1-azepinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 1-piperazinyl or 1-piperazinyl substituted in position 4 with a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl or a benzyl;
- R 6 and R 8 are linked together to form a (C 2 -C 4 )alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with a (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl;
- R 9 is hydrogen, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl or a phenyl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted on the phenyl one or more times with R 11 ;
- R 10 is a halogen, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, a hydroxyl, an amino, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkylamino or a di (C 1 -C 4 ) alkylamino;
- R 11 is a halogen, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, a hydroxyl, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy or a benzyloxy;
- R 12 is a halogen, a (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl, a hydroxyl, a (C 1 -C 4 ) alkoxy, a benzyloxy, an oxo or a phenyl;
- R 13 is a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, a halogen or a hydroxyl
- R 14 is a methyl, an amino, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkylamino, a di(C 1 -C 4 )alkylamino, a tri(C 1 -C 4 )alkylammonium, an amidino, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkylamidino, a guanidino, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkylguanidino, a hydroxyl, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, a (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxycarbonyl, a group —AlkN(R 15 )Alk′N(R 15 ) 2 , or a heterocyclic radical chosen from 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidyl, perhydro-1-azepinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, dLhydroimidazolyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrimidin
- R 15 and R 15 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl
- R 16 is hydrogen
- R 17 is hydrogen
- Alk and Alk′ are, independently of each other, a (C 1 -C 4 ) alkylene
- Z is a (C 2 -C 12 )alkylene or a (C 1 -C 6 )alkylene which is interrupted or substituted with a (C 5 -C 7 )cycloalkyl or with a phenyl;
- a —R 1 is a naphthyl, a quinolyl or a trichlorophenyl;
- R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 16 and R 17 being as defined above for formula I;
- R 2 is a phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted with R 11 ;
- R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 16 and R 17 being as defined above for formula I;
- R 5 is a 1-pyrrolidinyl group
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 16 and R 17 being as defined above for formula I;
- R 8 is a 4,5-dihydro-2-imidazolyl; R 1 , R 2 , R 3, R 4 , R 5 , R 9 , R 16 and R 17 being as defined above for formula I;
- the preferred compounds are those of formula:
- R 2a is a phenyl whIch is unsubstituted or substituted in a meta or para position with R 11 ; a 1-naphthyl or a 2-naphthyl;
- R 1 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 11 are as defined above for (I); and the salts thereof with inorganic or organic acids.
- R 1a is a 1-naphthyl, a 2-naphthyl, a 2,4,6-trichloro-phenyl or a 2-quinolyl;
- R 2a is as defined above for (Ia); and the salts. thereof with inorganic or organic acids.
- the preferred compounds are those of formula (I′a) in which R 2a is a phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted in a meta or para position with R 11 .
- the preferred compounds are those of formula (I), (Ia) or (I′a) having (R,R) isomerism on the C*-labelled carbon atoms.
- NBS N-bromosuccinimide
- Alcalase® Carlsberg subtilisin sold by Novo (Denmark)
- Penicillin amidase penicillin amidohydrolase
- process 1 The subject of the present invention is also the process for the preparation of the compounds of formula (I) and the salts thereof.
- This process referred to as process 1, is characterized in that:
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 9 , R 16 , R 17 and C* have the definitions given above for (I)
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 9 , R 16 , R 17 and C* have the definitions given above for (I)
- R—OH in which R is a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, in acidic medium, in order to form an intermediate imidate which is reacted with an amine of.
- formula HN 7R 8 (III) or a diamine of formula H 2 NR 6 R 8 NH 2 (IV) in which R 6 , R 7 and R 8 have the definitions given above for (I);
- amidines Many processes for the synthesis of amidines are described in the book “The chemistry of amidines and imidates”, D. G. Neilson, Ed. Saul Patai, Wiley and Sons, 1975, 389-394. The preparation of certain amidines is described precisely in patent application EP 614,911 A.
- the formation of the imidate is preferably carried out in a strong acid medium, whereas the imido ester in free base form or in salt form is reacted with the amine (III) or the diamine (IV) in an inert polar solvent, for example an alcohol, at a temperature of between 0° C. and the reflux temperature of the solvent.
- an inert polar solvent for example an alcohol
- the intermediate imidate is reacted with an amine whose formula depends on that of the compound (I) which it is desired to obtain.
- the compounds of formula (I) in which R 14 is NH 2 or alkylamino can be prepared by hydrolysis of the compounds of formula (I) in which R 14 contains a t-butoxycarbonylamino group, which is in turn obtained according to Synth. Commun. 1990, 20 (16), 2559-2564.
- T is H or (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl and Y is a nucleofugal group, such as SO 3 H, for example, aminoiminomethane-sulphonic acid (under the conditions described in Tetrahedron Letters, 1988, 3183-3186) or N-methyl-aminoiminomethanesulphonic acid (obtained according to the process described in J. Org. Chem., 1986, 51(10), 1882).
- the compounds of formula (I) in which R 6 and R 8 together form a (C 2 -C 4 )alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl can be prepared in a manner which is known per se, by the action of a diamine H 2 N—R 6 R 8 —NH 2 on the imido ester or optionally by the action of the same diamine, one of the functions of which is protected by a labile group (such as Boc or Fmoc for example) which will be removed before cyclization.
- a labile group such as Boc or Fmoc for example
- nitriles of formula (II) are pnrepared using the standard methods of peptide chemistry, for example those described in The Peptides Ed. E. Gross and J. Meienhofer, Academic Press, 1979, 1, 65-104.
- Known methods make it possible to carry out peptide couplings without racemization of the carbon atoms of each constituent amino acid; furthermore, the ⁇ -substituted ⁇ -alanines for which the chiral carbon is not adjacent to the carboxyl group are reputed as not suffering racemization (Ann. Rev. Biochem., 1986, 55, 855-878).
- patent application EP 236,l63 describes processes which allow the chiralitv of each amino acid to be conserved.
- the coupling reactions between the 2 amino acids take place at temperatures of between 0° C. and 400° C. in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran or dimethylformamide, in the presence of a coupling agent and of at least one equivalent of a tertiary amine such as triethylamine, N-ethylmorpholine or diisopropylethylamine.
- an inert solvent such as dichloromethane, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran or dimethylformamide
- R 1 SO 2 is introduced in a conventional manner by the action of a sulphonyl halide of formula: R 1 SO 2 Hal in which R 1 is as defined above for (I) and Hal is a halogen, preferably chlorine, on a compound of formula:
- R 2 , R 3 and R 9 have the meanings given above for (I) and R′ is hydrogen or a (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl.
- a compound of formula (V) in which R 3 is hydrogen can also be prepared in 2 steps: firstly, a compound of formula:
- Y is R 1 SO 2 or a protecting group such as Boc or Fmoc, aftLer which the carbon chain is extended by one atom using known methods, then, if necessary, the protecting group is removed and a sulphonyl halide of formula R 1 SO 2 Hal is reacted and, lastly, the group R′ is removed, if it is other than H.
- a protecting group such as Boc or Fmoc, aftLer which the carbon chain is extended by one atom using known methods
- This procedure is suitable, for example, when R 2 and R 9 are linked together and constitute a (C 3 -C 5 )-alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted with R 12 or a (C 2 -C 4 )-alkylene which is interrupted by an oxygen atom or a sulphur atom which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with R 12 .
- the sulphonyl halides are known or are prepared by known methods.
- route 1 as in route 2, the group R 1 SO 2 is introduced in the presence of a base, optionally in a two-phase medium, in the presence of a phase-transfer catalyst.
- R 1 is phenyl or p-tolyl and R 3 is hydrogen
- R 2 and R 9 together with the carbon and nitrogen atoms to which they are attached, are not pyrrolidinyl or 6,7-dimethoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl
- R 1 when R 1 is p-tolyl and R 9 is hydrogen, then R 2 is not an unsubstituted phenyl; are novel and form part of the invention.
- R 9 and R 11 form a methylene or ethylene group
- R 9 and R 11 form a methylene or ethylene group
- methyl 1-aminoindane-2-carboxylate is prepared in 3 steps from 1-indanone: according to J. Med. Chem., 1970, 650, the action of methyl carbonate in the presence of sodium hydride makes it possible to obtain methyl (1-oxo)indane-2-carboxylate, then, according to J. Heterocycl. Chem., 1974, 11, 982, methyl 1-hydroxyiminoindan-2-carboxylate is prepared and, lastly, the hydroxylamine is reduced to amine in the presence of a catalyst.
- 1-Amino-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2-carboxylic acid can be prepared according to the method described in J. Chromatogr., A 1994, 676, 297-302.
- an amino acid derivative containing the amidine group can be prepared from the corresponding derivative containing a cyano group, and the couplings required to obtain a compound according to the invention can then be carried out.
- the subject of the present invention is another process foe the preparation of a compound of formula (I), which is referred to as process 2, characterized in that:
- R 2 , R 3 and R 9 are as defined for (I) and Pr is a protecting group, for example Boc or Fmoc, then, after deprotection of the amine in acidic medium, a sulphonyl halide of formula R 1 SO 2 Hal in which R 1 is as defined for (I) and Hal is a halogen, for example chlorine, is reacted;
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 9 are as defined for (I):
- the compound of (L) configuration is isolated in acid form:(L) 6.
- the compound of (D) configuration is isolated in the form of an ethyl ester:(D) 5; this compound is hydrolysed with sodium hydroxide in order to obtain the acid form (D) 6.
- Each of these 2 compounds of formula 6 is then treated with N-hydroxy-succinimide in an inert solvent such as DMF or dioxane, in the presence of a coupling agent such as DCC in order to obtain a compound of formula 7.
- [0211] or the corresponding aliphatic esters are known or can be prepared by various methods, for example according to J. Am. Chem., 1936, 58, 299.
- One specific way of preparing the beca-amino acids consists in carrying out a chain extension starting with an alpha-amino acid, according to Tetrahedron, 1994, 50, 9457-9470 or according to J. Chem. Soc., Perin Transact. II, 1977, 370.
- the compounds according to the invention may be useful for the treatment or prevention of many pathologies, in particular inflammation pathologies and persistent or chronic inflammatory diseases (Drug News and Perspectives, 1994, 10(7), 603-611).
- pathologies in particular inflammation pathologies and persistent or chronic inflammatory diseases (Drug News and Perspectives, 1994, 10(7), 603-611).
- the compounds according to the invention are generally administered in dosage units.
- the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as active principle, one of the enantiomers of the compounds of formula (I), a mixture thereof or salts thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid, as well as to arn excipient which is suitable for oral, injectable, topical or transdermal administration.
- the daily doses depend on the pathology to be treated and on the patient.
- compositions containing an effective dose of a compound according to the invention or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and suitable excipients.
- the said excipients are chosen depending on the pharmaceutical form and the desired mode of administration.
- compositions of the present invention for oral, sublingual, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, topical, intratracheal, intranasal, transdermal or rectal administration
- the active principles of formula (I) above, or the possible salts thereof can be administered in unit forms of administration, as a mixture with standard pharmaceutical supports, to animals and to human beings for the prophylaxis or treatment of the above disorders or diseases.
- the appropriate unit forms of administration comprise oral forms such as tablets, gelati. capsules, powders, granules or oral solutions or suspensions, sublingual, buccal, intratracheal or intranasal administration forms, subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous administration forms and rectal administration forms.
- the compounds according to the invention can be used in creams, ointments, gels or lotions.
- the dose of active principle can range between 0.01 and 50 mg per kg of body weight and per day.
- Each unit dose can contain from 0.5 to 1000 mg, preferably from 1 to 500 mg, of active ingredients in combination with a pharmaceutical support. This unit dose can be administered 1 to 5 times a day so as to administer a daily dose of from 0.5 to 5000 mg, preferably from 1 to 2500 mg.
- a solid composition is prepared in the form of tablets
- the main active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical vehicle such as gelatin, starch, lactose, magnesium stearate, talc, gum arabic or the like.
- a pharmaceutical vehicle such as gelatin, starch, lactose, magnesium stearate, talc, gum arabic or the like.
- the tablets can be coated with sucrose, with a cellulose derivative or with other suitable materials or alternatively they can be treated such that they have sustained or delayed activity and such that they release a predetermined amount of active principle continuously.
- a preparation as gelatin capsules can be obtained by mixing the active ingredient with a diluent such as a glycol or a glycol ester and by pouring the mixture obtained into soft or hard gelatin capsules.
- a diluent such as a glycol or a glycol ester
- a preparation in syrup or elixir form or for administration in the form of drops can contain the active ingredient together with a sweetener, preferably a calorie-free sweetener, methylparaben and propyl-paraben as antiseptic, as well as a flavouring agent and a suitable dye.
- a sweetener preferably a calorie-free sweetener, methylparaben and propyl-paraben as antiseptic, as well as a flavouring agent and a suitable dye.
- the water-dispersible powders or granules can contain the active ingredient as a mixture with dispersing agents; wetting agents or suspension agents, such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, as well as with sweeteners or flavour enhancers.
- suppositories which are prepared with binders which melt at the rectal temperature, for example cocoa butteror polyethylene glycols.
- Aqueous suspensions, isotonic saline solutions or sterile and injectable solutions which contain pharmacologically compatible dispersing agents and/or wetting agents, for example propylene glycol or butylene glycol, are used for parenteral administration.
- pharmacologically compatible dispersing agents and/or wetting agents for example propylene glycol or butylene glycol
- Creams, ointments, lotions or gels for example, can be used for local administration.
- Patches in multilaminar or reservoir form in which the active principle may be dissolved can be used for transdermal administration.
- the active principle can also be formulated in the form of microcapsules, optionally with one or more supports or additives.
- compositions of the present invention can contain, along with the products of formula (I) above or one of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, other active principles which can be used in the treatment of the disorders or diseases mentioned above.
- NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
- NNR (DMSO+TFA):50-1.80:m:4H; 2.50-3.60:m:6H; 4.00:s:4H; 4.35:bs:H; 7.50: d:2H; 8.15:d:2H; 8.60:bs:3H; 11.10:s:2H.
- the imidate formed is taken up in toluene, the mixture is then evaporated and the residue is dried under vacuum over potassium hydroxide.
- the product obtained is dissolved in 75 ml of anhydrous methanol and 570 ⁇ l of N-(dimethyl)-propane-1,3-diamine dissolved in 15 ml of anhydrous methanol are added slowly. After stirring for 3 hours at RT, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then dissolved in 30 ml of methanol, adding 5 ml of 4N HCl in dioxane, and is evaporated to dryness.
- step B 550 mg of the compound of step B are mixed with 15 ml of DCM and 15 ml of TFA and the mixture is left stirring for 45 minutes at RT. After evaporating to dryness, the residue is dissolved in isopropanol, evaporated to dryness again and taken up twice in ether. The product is isolated by decanting and then dried under vacuum in the presence of potassium hydroxide. 380 mg of the expected compound are obtained.
- N,N-Diethyl-[2-(N-Boc)amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)]-propionamide is prepared by working according to the procedure described in Preparation 1.4, step A.
- the expected product is then obtained according to the procedure described in Preparation 1.2.
- a mixture of 24 g of the product obtained above and 8.4 g of NaHCO 3 in 900 ml of EtOAc and 500 ml of H 2 O is treated with 2 ml of AlcalaseO for 24 hours at RT.
- the 2 phases are separated out after settling has taken place; the EtOAc phase is rewashed with 100 ml of 10% NaHCO 3 solution which is added to the first aqueous phase and the aqueous phase is rewashed with 100 ml of EtOAc added to the first EtOAc phase.
- the EtOAc phase thus obtained is dried over Na 2 SO 4 and then evaporated to dryness; 12.45 g of compound B are obtained.
- the compound of the above step is taken up in 60 ml of ether plus 60 ml of 1N HCl and is stirred for 18 hours at RT.
- 2.20 g of the expected compound are obtained in the form of an oil.
- NR DMSO +TFA:1.20 s 3H; 1.45 s 9H; 1.60-1.90 m:4H; 3.00-3.50 m 6H; 7.30 d 2H; 7.80:d 2H.
- a mixture containing 14 g of the oil obtained in the above step, 150 ml of methoxyethanol, 8.95 g of malonic acid and 13.2 g of ammonium acetate is heated overnight at 80° C. After cooling, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the oil formed is then dissolved in ethanol and 50 ml of 2N HCl. Fractional evaporation is carried out in order to obtain the expected compound, which is drained and then washed with EtOAc. 4.56 g are obtained.
- a mixture containing 6.62 g of 3,4-dihydro-isoquinoline and 5.13 g of malonic acid is triturated in an oil bath at 120° C.
- the mixture thickens and becomes entirely solid; it is worked into a powder with a spatula.
- the total duration of heating is about 40 minutes.
- the mixture is cooled to about 60° C. and treated with 120 ml of MeOH and 20 ml of water, which dissolves the medium.
- a first crop is obtained under cold conditions and a second crop is then obtained by evaporating the filtrate and crystallizing the residue from acetone.
- a mixture containing 4.22 g of the compound of the above step and 15.7 ml of 1N NaOH in 100 ml of methanol is refluxed for 4 hours.
- the reaction medium is cooled, treated with 15.7 ml of 1N HCl and then evaporated to dryness and taken up in heptane. After leaving for a few hours at RT, the product crystallizes, it is drained, washed with heptane and then dried at 400° C. until the menthol odour has disappeared. 2.65 g of the expected compound are obtained.
- a solution containing 9.05 g of the compound of the above step with 7.3 g of 18-crown-6 crown ether and 120 ml of DMSO is prepared and 9 g of potassium cyanide are added with stirring in an ice bath. After heating at 50° C. for 5 hours, the mixture is cooled and 600 ml of Et 2 O are then added. This mixture is washed with water (3 times) and then with saturated NaCl solution; the resulting solution is dried over Na 2 SO 4 and then evaporated to dryness in order to obtain 6.58 g of the expected compound.
- This step is carried out according to Tetrahedron Letters, 1990, 31, 5153. 4.1 g of the compound of the above step are suspended in 50 ml of 6N HCl and the mixture is refluxed for 5 hours. It is concentrated in order to obtain a first crop of the pure expected compound. On evaporating to dryness, a second crop of 1.4 g of the expected compound contaminated with NH 4 Cl is obtained. A sample is treated with (Boc) 2 O and its optical rotation is measured.
- This compound is prepared according to Bull. Soc. Chim., France, 1940, 593-603.
- the insoluble material is removed by filtration and the filtrate is extracted with Et 2 O.
- the extracts are washed with water, with saturated NaHCO 3 solution, with water, with saturated NaCl solution and then dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
- the product is chromatographed on silica, eluting with EtOAc/hexane (1.3; v/v) in order to obtain 3.05 g of the expected compound.
- the 2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl ester of the above acid is prepared by the action of NSuOH in the presence of DCC in dioxane.
- a solution of 2 g of the above compound and 657 mg of N-hydroxysuccinimide in 35 ml of dioxane is prepared and 1.24 g of DCCI in 10 ml of dioxane are gradually added. After stirring for 5 hours at RT, the DCU is drained and washed with acetone and the filtrate is then evaporated to dryness. The residue is taken up in isopropanol. The product which crystallizes is drained, washed with Et 2 O and then dried. 2.18 g of the expected compound are obtained.
- the 2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl ester of the acid obtained in Preparation 2.19, step B is prepared. 800 mg of this compound are added to a mixture containing 790 mg of the compound of Preparation 1.13 in 15 ml of acetonitrile and 380 ⁇ l of DIPEA. The mixture is left stirring for a few hours and is then left overnight at RT. The medium is evaporated to dryness and the residue is taken up in KHSO 4 /K 2 SO 4 and then extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase is washed with saturated NaCl solution and then dried over Na 2 SO 4 and evaporated to dryness. 1.1 g of the expected compound are obtained, this compound crystallizing from heptane.
- step A 800 mg of the compound obtained in Example 2, step A are dissolved in 20 ml of a satuurated solution of HCl in anhydrous EtOH. After leaving overnight in a refrigerator, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then dried under vacuum in the presence of KOH. The residue is dissolved in 30 ml of anhydrous EtOH and 175 ⁇ l of Et 3 N are added, followed by 350 mg of N-Boc-(4-aminomethyl)benzylamine. After 48 hours at RT, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then chromatographed on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with MeCH. 2 fractions containing two different compounds are obtained.
- step A 535 mg of the compound of fraction 1 obtained in Example 3, step A are suspended in 8 ml of DCM, 8 ml of TFA are added and the mixture is left stirring for 40 minutes at RT. After evaporating the medium to dryness, the residue is triturated from ether and then dried under vacuum in the presence of potassium hydroxide. 520 mg of the expected compound are obtained.
- the product thus obtained is taken up in a solution of 1N HCl in butanol and then evaporated to dryness and the residue is triturated from ether, drained, washed with ether and dried in order to obtain 330 mg of the expected product.
- This compound is prepared from the compound prepared in Example 2, step A, and working as in Example 2, step B. using 2-methylpropane-1,2-diamine.
- This compound is prepared according to the procedure of the above example, starting with the compound of Preparation 3.14 and that of Preparation 1.2.
- the fractions containing the product are taken up in a mixture of 6 ml of butanol and:6 ml of 1N HCl. After stirring and separation of the phases by settling, the organic phase is washed with 3 ml of 1N HCl and evaporated under vacuum. The residue is taken up in Et 2 O and the solid formed is filtered off, washed with Et 2 O and dried to give 0.495 g of the expected compound.
- step A 0.790 g of the compound obtained in Example 2, step A is dissolved in 10 ml of BtOH saturated with HCl, at 0° C., and the mixture is left stirring for 48 hours at 0° C. It is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then taken up in EtOH and evaporated (twice). The residue is taken up in DCM and evaporated (twice). The resulting residue is taken up in 20 ml of EtOH and then neutralized by addition of Et 3 N. 0.109 ml of diaminopropane is added and the mixture is left for 24 hours at RT. It is evaporated to dryness and the residue is taken up in DCM and washed with KHSO 4 /K 2 SO 4 . Chromatography on silica is then carried out, eluting with a chloroform/methanol/concentrated ammonia mixture (10/1/1; v/v/v). 0.12 g of the expected compound is obtained.
- step A 580 mg of the compound obtained in Example 2, step A are mixed with 250 mg of paraformaldehyde and 60 mg of para-toluenesulphonic acid monohydrate in 25 ml of benzene. The mixture is refluxed in Dean-Stark apparatus for 1 hour. The reaction medium is then washed with saturated NaHCO 3 solution and with saturated NaCl solution and then dried over Na 2 SO 4 and evaporated to dryness. The residue is chromatographed on fine silica, eluting with chloroform, in order to obtain 165 mg of the expected compound.
- step B The process is performed as in Example 2, step B in order to obtain the expected compound, which is purified bv chromatography on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with MeOH.
- step A 1.05 g of the compound of Example 2, step A are mixed with 0.262 g of potassium carbonate in 12 ml of DMF and:423 ⁇ l of methyl iodide are added. The following day, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is taken up in water and EtOAc. The organic phase is washed with water and with saturated NaCl solution and is then dried over Na 2 SO 4 . 0.6 g of the expected compound is obtained.
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 1.20-1.80:m:4H; 2.10-2.40: mt:2H; 2.50:bs:3H; 2.40-3.20:m: 6H; 4.00:s: 4H; 4.40-4.70:mt:1H; 5.35-5.55:mt: 1H; 7.05-8.40 m:16H.
- the mixture is extracted with EtOAc and the extracts are washed with H 2 O, with 0.25N NaOH solution, with 0.25N HCl solution, with water and then with saturated NaCl solution.
- the resulting solution is dried over Na 2 SO 4 and then evaporated and the residue is chromatographed on silica, eluting with a chloroform/MeOH mixture (95/5; v/v).
- the expected product is obtained by working as in Example 2, step B. It is purified by chromatography on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with DCM/MeOH (3/2; v/v)
- a reaction medium containing 710 mg of the compound of Preparation 3.2, 750 mg of the compound of Preparation 1.8 and:0.98 g of BOP in 12 ml of DMF is stirred and DIPEA is added to bring the mixture to pH 6. After stirring for 2 hours at RT, the mixture is extracted with EtOAc. The crude product obtained is chromatographed on silica, eluting with EtOAc/toluene (3/2; v/v). 0.52 g of the expected compound is obtained in the form of a white solid.
- the expected compound is obtained by working as in Example 2, step B. It is purified on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with DCM/MeOH (3/2; v/v).
- step A 0.42 g of the compound of Example 2, step A is treated with 10 ml of saturated hydrochloric ethanol at ⁇ 10° C. After 72 hours at +4° C., the mixture is evaporated to dryness and is then dried under vacuum in the presence of potassium hydroxide. 0.51 g of unpurified product is obtained in the form of the hydrochloride.
- NNR (DMSO) 1.40-1.70 m:4H; 2.25-3.10:m: 8H; 4.40-4.70:m:2H; 6.80-8.30:m:18H.
- This compound is prepared according to J. Am. Soc., 1952, 74, 1836). 6.7 ml of 4-bromobutyronitrile and:35 ml of liquid ammonia are placed in a bomb at ⁇ 50° C. After closing, the bomb is left at RT for 48 hours. The residue is taken up in 50% NaOH solution and is then extracted with ether; the organic phase is dried over Na 2 SO 4 , evaporated to dryness and then chromatographed on silica, eluting with DCM/MeOH/NMH 4 OH (90/10/0.3; v/v/v). 1.07 g of the expected compound are obtained.
- step A 0.62 g of the compound of Example 2, step A is treated with 10 ml of saturated hydrochloric ethanol at ⁇ 10° C. After 24 hours at +40° C., the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then dried under vacuum. 0.8 g of unpurified product is obtained in the form of the hydrochloride.
- This compound is prepared according to the process described in Example 12, starting with the compounds of Preparations 1.9 and:3.2.
- This compound is prepared from the compound of Preparation 3.46 and from the compound of Preparation 1.2 according to the procedure of Example 5.
- the residue is purified by_partition chromatography on Sephadex® G 25, using the nBuOH/iPrOH/H 2 O solvent system (4/0.2/5; v/v/v).
- the product with the cyclized amidine (410 m g) as described in Example 43 is first isolated, followed by the expected product with the open amidine (410 mg).
- Gelatin capsule containing a 10 mg dose Compound of Example 43 (weight expressed as 10.0 mg equivalent in non-salified form) Lactose monohydrate 200 mesh qs Methylhydroxypropylcellulose 6 mPa ⁇ s 3.0 mg Crosslinked sodium carboxymethylcellulose 4.5 mg Magnesium stearate 1.5 mg Purified water for wet granulation For a No. 3 size “opaque-white” gelatin capsule filled to 150 mg.
- Gelatin capsule containing a 1 mg dose Compound of Example 43 (weight expressed as 1.0 mg equivalent in non-salified form) Lactose monohydrate 200 mesh qs Methylhydroxypropylcellulose 6 mPa ⁇ s 3.0 mg Crosslinked sodium carboxymethylcellulose 4.5 mg Magnesium stearate 1.5 mg Purified water for wet granulation For a No. 3 size “opaque-white” gelatin capsule filled to 100 mg.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- The present invention relates to novel N-(arylsulphonyl)amino acid derivatives, to their preparation and to pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
- These compounds have affinity for bradyklnin (BK) receptors. Bradykinin is a nonapeptide belonging, like the decapeptide kallidin, to the class of kinins and which shows physiological activity in the cardiovascular field and as a mediator in inflammation and pain. Several bradykinin receptors are distinguished: the B1 and B2 receptors (D. Regoli et al., Pharmacol. Rev., 1980, 32, 1-46). More precisely, the B2 receptors are the bradykinin and kallidin receptors: they are predominant and are normally found in most tissues; the B1 receptors are the receptors specific for [des-Arg9] bradykinin and for [des-Arg10] kallidin: they are induced during inflammatory processes.
- Bradykinin receptors have been cloned for different species, in particular for the human species: B1 receptor : J. G. Menke et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1994, 269 (34) 21583-21586; B2 receptor : J. F. Hess, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 1992,.184, 260-268.
- The reviews: Drug News and Perspectives, 1994, 7 (10), 603-611 and Exp. Opin. Ther. Patents, 1995, 5 (4), 331-340, give an account on bradykinin-receptor antagonists. Many antagonists described have peptide structures. As bradykinin-receptor antagonists, mention may be made in particular of HOE-140 (F. J. Hock, Brit. J. Pharmacol. 1991, 102, 769-773) for the B2 receptor and [des-Arg9, Leu8] bradykinin for the B1 receptor (M. N. Perkins et al., Pain, 1993, 53, 191-197). Recently, a B2 receptor antagonist of non-peptide structure, SR 173657, has been described in Archiv. Pharmacol., 1996, Suppl. 1, 354 (4), R6.
- According to the present invention, a novel family of compounds having affinity for the bradykinin receptors has now been found; these compounds are N-(arylsulphonyl)amino acid derivatives.
- Among the N-(arylsulphonyl)amino acid derivatives, some are known and have various pharmacological activities. Thus, compounds with anti-thrombotic activity are described in the European, German and international patents or patent applications EP 558,961, EP 236,163, BP 236,164, DD 155,954, DE 4,115,468 and WO 92/16549. In this field of activity, NAPAP, derived from N-(naphthalenesulphonyl)-glycine of formula:
-
- Furthermore, N-tosyl-p-alanine derivatives of formula: in which a and b, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute a ring such as piperidine, pyrrolidine or morpholine, are described in Pharmazie, 1984, 39 (5), 315-317.
- Similarly, N-(arylsulphonyl)proline derivatives have been cited as thrombin inhibitors in Pharmazie, 1986, 41 (4), 233-235 and Pharmazie, 1987, 42 (2), 114-116.
-
- in which, in particular:
- ArI is a naphthyl, a phenyl, a quinolyl or an isocuinolyl, which are optionally substituted;
- ArII, is a phenyl or a thienyl, which are optionally substituted;
- RI, RII and R′II are, independently of each other, H or (C1-C4) alkyl;
- or RI is nothing and N is linked to ArII and optionally RI, and R′II form a double bond;
- or RI or RI, is linked to ArII and is a (C1-C3) alkylene;
- RIII and RIV, which may be identical or different, are H, (C1-C4)alkyl or form, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, a (C5-C7) heterocycle;
- Z1 is a (C1-C12)alkylene;
- Q1 is methyl, amino, (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonylamino, (C1-C4) alkylamino, di (C1-C4)alkylamino, pyrrolidinyl, piperidino, morpholino, piperazinyl, (C1-C4)alkyl-4-piperazinyl, amidino, (C1-C4)alkylamidino, guanidino, (C1-C4) alkylguanidino, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, hydroxyl, (C1-C4)alkoxy, (C2-C8)alkoxycarbonyl, amino(C1-C4) alkyl-N-(C1-C4) alkyl-amino, carbamoyl or phenyl, which is optionally substituted,
- Q2 is H or (C1-C4)alkyl;
- Q3 is H or (C1-C4)alkyl or Q1 and Q3 are linked to form a heterocycle and together are (C2-C3)alkylene when Z1 is nothing, in the form of pure enantiomers or mixtures thereof in any proportion; as well as the salts thereof with acids.
- These compounds have affinity for the biological receptors of the neuropeptide Y.
- According to the present invention, noveL compounds have now been found which have, unexpectedly, affinity for the bradykinin receptors.
-
- in which:
- R1 is a phenyl, a naphthyl, a tetrahydronaphthyl, a quinolyl or an isoquinolyl, the said rings being unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with R10;
- R2 is a phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with R11, a phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times on the phenyl with R11, a naphthyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with R11, a cyclohexyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with RII; or R2 and R9 are linked together and constitute a (C3-C5)alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted with R12 or a (C2-C4)alkylene which is interrupted with an oxygen atom or a sulphur atom and is unsubstituted or substituted with R12;
- or R2 and R9, together with the carbon atom and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute tetrahydroisoquinoline which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with a halogen, a hydroxyl, a (C1-C4)alkyl, a (C1-C4) alkoxy or a benzyloxy;
- R3 is hydrogen or a hydroxyl;
- R4 and R5 are each independently hydrogen or a (C1-C4)alkyl;
- or R4 and R5, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute a heterocyclic radical chosen from 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidyl, perhydro-1-azepinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 4-oxo-1-piperldyl, dihydro-1-pyrrolyl or dihydro-2-imidazolyl, the said heterocyclic radicals being unsubstituted or substituted one or more tmes with R13;
- R6 is hydrogen and R6 can also be R8 when R7 is hydrogen;
- R7 is hydrogen or a (C1-C4)alkyl;
- R8 is hydrogen; a benzyl which is unsubstituted or substituted on the phenyl one or more times with R13; or a group ZR14;
- or R7 and R8, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute a heterocyclic radical chosen from 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidyl, 1-perhydro-1-azepinyl, 4-morpholinyl, tetrahydro-2-pyrimidinyl, 1-piperazinyl or 1-piperazinyl substituted in position 4 with a (C1-C4)alkyl or a benzyl;
- or, when R7 is hydrogen, R6 and R8 are linked together to form a (C2-C4)alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with a (C1-C4) alkyl;
- R9 is hydrogen, a (C1-C4)alkyl or a phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted on the phenyl one or more times with R11;
- R10 is a halogen, a (C1-C4)alkyl, a (C1-C4)alkoxy, a hydroxyl, an amino, a (C1-C4)alkylamino or a di(C1-C4) alkylamino;
- R11 is a halogen, a (C1-C4)alkyl, a trifluoromethyl, a phenyl, a hydroxyl, a (C1-C4)alkoxy or a benzyloxy; or R11 is in the ortho position to the phenyl representing R2 and forms with R3 a methylene group or an ethylene group;
- or R11 is in the ortho position to the phenyl representing R2 and forms with R9 a methylene group or an ethylene group;
- R12 is a halogen, a (C1-C4)alkyl, a hydroxyl, a (C1 1-C4) alkoxy, a benzyloxy, an oxo, a phenyl, an acetyloxy or a trifluoroacetyloxy;
- R13 is a (C1-C4)alkyl, a halogen or a hydroxyl;
- R14 is a methyl, an amino, a (C1-C4)alkylamino, a di (C1-C4) alkylamino, a tri (C1-C4) alkylamrronium, an amidino, a (C1-C4)alkylamidino, a guanidino, a (C1-C4)alkylguanidino, a hydroxyl, a (C1-C4)alkoxy, a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl, a group —AlkN(R15)Alk′N(R15)2, or a heterocyclic radical chosen from 1-pyrrol-idinyl, 1-piperidyl, perhydro-1-azepinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, dihydroimidazolyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrimidinyl and indolyl;
- R15 and R′15 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or a (C1-C4)alkyl;
- R16 is hydrogen or a methyl, or R16 forms with R9 a methylene group;
- R17 is hydrogen or a methyl;
- Alk and Alk′ are, independently of each other, a (C1-C4) alkylene;
- Z is a (C2-C1. 2)alkylene or a (C1-C6)alkylene which is interrupted or substituted with a (C1-C7)cycloalkyl or with a phenyl;
- C* is an asymmetric carbon atom; as well as the salts thereof with inorganic or organic acids.
- The salts are generally prepared with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, but the salts of other acids which are useful for the purification or isolation of the compounds of formula (I) also form part of the invention. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of formula (I) are, for example, the hydrochloride, the hydrobromide, the sulphate, he methanesulphonate, the benzenesulphonate, the naphthalenesulphonate, the maleate, the fumarate, the citrate, the acetate, the gluconate, the dobesilate or the sultosilate.
- The compounds of formula (I) comprise 2 (or possibly more) asymmetric carbon atoms and the 4 (or possibly more) pure enantiomers, as well as the mixture thereof in any proportion, are subjects of the invention.
- The term halogen is understood to refer to chlorine, fluorine, bromine or iodine, chlorine and fluorine being preferred.
- The terms, alkyl, alkylene and alkoxy are understood to refer, respectively, to a linear or branched alkyl radical, alkylene radical or alkoxy radical.
- Those compounds of formula (I) are preferred in which:
- R1 is a phenyl, a naphthyl, a tetrahydronaphthyl, a quinolyl or an isoquinolyl, the said rings being unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with R10;
- R2 is a phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with R11, a phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times on the phenyl with R11, or a naphthyl which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with
- or R2 and R8 are linked together and constitute a (C3-Cs)alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted with R12 or a (C2-C4)alkylene which is interrupted with an oxygen atom or a sulphur atom and is unsubstituted or substituted with R12;
- or R2 and R9 together with the carbon atom and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute tetrahydroisoquinoline which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with a halogen, a hydroxyl, a (C1-C4)alkyl, a (C1-C4)alkoxy or a benzyloxy;
- R3 is hydrogen or a hydroxyl;
- R4 and R5 are each independently hydrogen or a (C1-C4) alkyl;
- or R4 and R5, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute a heterocyclic radical chosen from 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidyl, perhydro-1-azepinyl, 4-morpholinyl or 4-oxo-1-piperidyl, the said heterocyclic radicals being unsubstituted or substituted with R13;
- R6 is hydrogen, R6 can also be Rs when R7 is hydrogen;
- R7 is hydrogen or a (C1-C4)alkyl;
- R9 is hydrogen; a benzyl which is unsubstituted or substituted on the phenyl one or more times with R13; or a group ZR14;
- or R7 and R8, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, constitute a heterocyclic radical chosen from 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidyl, perhydro-1-azepinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 1-piperazinyl or 1-piperazinyl substituted in position 4 with a (C1-C4)alkyl or a benzyl;
- or, when R7 is hydrogen, R6 and R8 are linked together to form a (C2-C4)alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with a (C1-C4) alkyl;
- R9 is hydrogen, a (C1-C4)alkyl or a phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted on the phenyl one or more times with R11;
- R10 is a halogen, a (C1-C4)alkyl, a (C1-C4)alkoxy, a hydroxyl, an amino, a (C1-C4)alkylamino or a di (C1-C4) alkylamino;
- R11 is a halogen, a (C1-C4)alkyl, a hydroxyl, a (C1-C4)alkoxy or a benzyloxy;
- R12 is a halogen, a (C1-C4) alkyl, a hydroxyl, a (C1-C4) alkoxy, a benzyloxy, an oxo or a phenyl;
- R13 is a (C1-C4)alkyl, a halogen or a hydroxyl;
- R14 is a methyl, an amino, a (C1-C4)alkylamino, a di(C1-C4)alkylamino, a tri(C1-C4)alkylammonium, an amidino, a (C1-C4)alkylamidino, a guanidino, a (C1-C4)alkylguanidino, a hydroxyl, a (C1-C4)alkoxy, a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl, a group —AlkN(R15)Alk′N(R15)2, or a heterocyclic radical chosen from 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidyl, perhydro-1-azepinyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, dLhydroimidazolyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrimidinyl and indolyl;
- R15 and R15 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or a (C1-C4)alkyl;
- R16 is hydrogen;
- R17 is hydrogen;
- Alk and Alk′ are, independently of each other, a (C1-C4) alkylene;
- Z is a (C2-C12)alkylene or a (C1-C6)alkylene which is interrupted or substituted with a (C5-C7)cycloalkyl or with a phenyl;
- as well as the salts thereof with inorganic or organic acids.
- Certain values for the substituents are preferred. Thus, the preferred compounds of formula (I) are those which satisfy at least one of the following conditions:
- a —R1 is a naphthyl, a quinolyl or a trichlorophenyl; R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R16 and R17 being as defined above for formula I;
- b —R2 is a phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted with R11; R1, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R16 and R17 being as defined above for formula I;
- —NR4R5 is a 1-pyrrolidinyl group; R1, R2, R3, R6, R7, R8, R9, R16 and R17 being as defined above for formula I;
- d —C(NRE)NR7R8 is a 4,5-dihydro-2-imidazolyl; R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R9, R16 and R17 being as defined above for formula I;
- e —R3=R9=R16=R17=H; R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8 being as defined above for formula I; and the salts thereof with inorganic or organic acids.
-
- in which:
- R2a, is a phenyl whIch is unsubstituted or substituted in a meta or para position with R11; a 1-naphthyl or a 2-naphthyl;
- R1, R6, R7, R8 and R11 are as defined above for (I); and the salts thereof with inorganic or organic acids.
-
- in which:
- R1a is a 1-naphthyl, a 2-naphthyl, a 2,4,6-trichloro-phenyl or a 2-quinolyl;
- R2a is as defined above for (Ia); and the salts. thereof with inorganic or organic acids.
- More particularly, the preferred compounds are those of formula (I′a) in which R2a is a phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted in a meta or para position with R11.
- Most particularly, the preferred compounds are those of formula (I), (Ia) or (I′a) having (R,R) isomerism on the C*-labelled carbon atoms.
- The following abbreviations are used in the description and in the claims:
- Me:methyl
- Et:ethyl
- iPr:isopropyl
- nBuOH:n-butanol
- iPrOH:isopropanol
- EtOH:ethanol
- MeCH:methanol
- Et2O:ether:diethyl ether
- DMF:dimethylformamide
- DCM:dichloromethane
- THF:tetrahydrofuran
- AcOH: acetic acid
- EtOAc:ethyl acetate
- DIPEA:diisopropylethylamine
- DMAP:4-dimethylaminopyridine
- DCC:1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
- DCU:dicyclohexylurea
- NSuOH:N-hydroxysuccinimide
- NSu:succinimido
- NBS: N-bromosuccinimide
- Fmoc:fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl
- Boc:tert-butoxycarbonyl
- (Boc)2O: di-tert-butyl dicarbonate
- Et3N:triethylamine
- Bn:benzyl
- Pd/C:palladium-on-charcoal
- Sephadex® LH 20:sold by Pharmacia
- Sephadex® 25:sold by Pharmacia
- Alcalase®:Carlsberg subtilisin sold by Novo (Denmark)
- Penicillin amidase:penicillin amidohydrolase, sold by Sigma
- BOP:benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
- K2CO3:potassium carbonate
- K2SO4: potassium sulphate
- KHSO4:potassium hydrogen sulphate
- KHSO4/K2SO4 solution of 16.66 g of KHSO4 and
- 32.32 g of K2SO4 in 11 of water
- NaCl:sodium chloride
- Na2SO4 sodium sulphate
- MgSO4:magnesium sulphate
- NaCH:sodium hydroxide
- TH4OH:aqueous ammonia
- HCl:hydrochloric acid
- TFA:trifluoroacetic acid
- hydrochloric ether:saturated solution of
- hydrogen chloride gas in diethyl ether
- mPa.s:milliPascal/second
- m.p.:melting point
- RT: room temperature
- NMR:nuclear magnetic resonance
- DMSO dimethyl sulphoxide
- δ: chemical shift
- s:singlet; bs:broad singlet; ds:doubled
- singlet; d:doublet; dd:doubled doublet; t
- triplet; bt:broad triplet; q:quartet; quint
- quintet; mt:multiplet; m:unresolved multiplet
- The subject of the present invention is also the process for the preparation of the compounds of formula (I) and the salts thereof. This process, referred to as process 1, is characterized in that:
-
- in which R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R9, R16, R17 and C* have the definitions given above for (I), in the form of a pure enantiomer or a mixture of isomers in any proportion, is treated with an alcohol of formula R—OH in which R is a (C1-C4)alkyl, in acidic medium, in order to form an intermediate imidate which is reacted with an amine of. formula HN=7R8 (III) or a diamine of formula H2NR6R8NH2 (IV) in which R6, R7 and R8 have the definitions given above for (I);
- b1) the compound of formula (7) thus obtained is isolated in base form or salt form,
- c1) where appropriate, another salt of the compound of formula (I) is prepared.
- Many processes for the synthesis of amidines are described in the book “The chemistry of amidines and imidates”, D. G. Neilson, Ed. Saul Patai, Wiley and Sons, 1975, 389-394. The preparation of certain amidines is described precisely in patent application EP 614,911 A.
- The formation of the imidate is preferably carried out in a strong acid medium, whereas the imido ester in free base form or in salt form is reacted with the amine (III) or the diamine (IV) in an inert polar solvent, for example an alcohol, at a temperature of between 0° C. and the reflux temperature of the solvent.
- The intermediate imidate is reacted with an amine whose formula depends on that of the compound (I) which it is desired to obtain. In order to prepare a compound of formula (I) in which R6=H, an amine HNR7R8 is reacted; in order to prepare a compound of formula (I) in which R6=R8 and R7=H, two moles of an amine of formula H2NR8 are reacted per mole of imidate; in order to prepare a compound of formula (I) in which R7 is hydrogen and R6 and R8 are linked together to form a (C2-C4)alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with an alkyl, a diamine of formula H2NR6R8NH2 is reacted.
- Most of the amines (III) and of the diamines (IV) are known and the novel products can be prepared by applying principles and methods that are well known to those skilled in the art. For example, for the derivatives in which R14 is an imidazolyl, reference will be made to U.S. Pat. No. 3,881,016 and to the publication Synth. Communic. 1987, 17 (21), 223-227.
- The compounds of formula (I) in which R14 is NH2 or alkylamino can be prepared by hydrolysis of the compounds of formula (I) in which R14 contains a t-butoxycarbonylamino group, which is in turn obtained according to Synth. Commun. 1990, 20 (16), 2559-2564.
-
- in which T is H or (C1-C4)alkyl and Y is a nucleofugal group, such as SO3H, for example, aminoiminomethane-sulphonic acid (under the conditions described in Tetrahedron Letters, 1988, 3183-3186) or N-methyl-aminoiminomethanesulphonic acid (obtained according to the process described in J. Org. Chem., 1986, 51(10), 1882).
- The action of an amine (III) of formula H2NR8 in excess on the imidate resulting from the reaction of ROH with a compound of formula (II) leads to the formation of a mixture of two compounds of formula (I): for one R6=R7=H and for the other R6=R8 and R7=H.
- The compounds of formula (I) in which R6 and R8 together form a (C2-C4)alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with a (C1-C4)alkyl can be prepared in a manner which is known per se, by the action of a diamine H2N—R6R8—NH2 on the imido ester or optionally by the action of the same diamine, one of the functions of which is protected by a labile group (such as Boc or Fmoc for example) which will be removed before cyclization.
-
- in order to form an intermediate imidate, which is reacted with an appropriate amine according to the usual methods.
- The nitriles of formula (II) are pnrepared using the standard methods of peptide chemistry, for example those described in The Peptides Ed. E. Gross and J. Meienhofer, Academic Press, 1979, 1, 65-104. Known methods make it possible to carry out peptide couplings without racemization of the carbon atoms of each constituent amino acid; furthermore, the β-substituted β-alanines for which the chiral carbon is not adjacent to the carboxyl group are reputed as not suffering racemization (Ann. Rev. Biochem., 1986, 55, 855-878). moreover, patent application EP 236,l63 describes processes which allow the chiralitv of each amino acid to be conserved.
- In general, the coupling reactions between the 2 amino acids take place at temperatures of between 0° C. and 400° C. in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran or dimethylformamide, in the presence of a coupling agent and of at least one equivalent of a tertiary amine such as triethylamine, N-ethylmorpholine or diisopropylethylamine.
-
-
- in which R2, R3 and R9 have the meanings given above for (I) and R′ is hydrogen or a (C1-C4)alkyl.
-
- in which Y is R1SO2 or a protecting group such as Boc or Fmoc, aftLer which the carbon chain is extended by one atom using known methods, then, if necessary, the protecting group is removed and a sulphonyl halide of formula R1SO2Hal is reacted and, lastly, the group R′ is removed, if it is other than H.
- This procedure is suitable, for example, when R2 and R9 are linked together and constitute a (C3-C5)-alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted with R12 or a (C2-C4)-alkylene which is interrupted by an oxygen atom or a sulphur atom which is unsubstituted or substituted one or more times with R12.
- The sulphonyl halides are known or are prepared by known methods.
-
- in which the amine is protected, for example by a Boc or Fmoc group, followed by the removal of the protecting group.
- In the reaction sequence of route 2, the amine is deprotected in acidic medium (TFA) and the radical R1SO2 is introduced in a conventional manner by the action of a sulphonyl halide of formula: R1SO2Haal in which R1 is as defined above for (I) and Hal is a halogen, preferably chlorine.
- In route 1, as in route 2, the group R1SO2 is introduced in the presence of a base, optionally in a two-phase medium, in the presence of a phase-transfer catalyst.
- A subszituent R9 can be introduced into a compound of formula (II) in which R9=H by known methods, for example by the action of a halide of formula R9Hal, in which Hal is a halogen atom, for example chlorine.
- The compounds of formula (II) in which R9 and R16 together form a methylene group are prepared by the action of para-formaldehyde on compounds of formula (II) in which R9=R16=H.
- The compounds of formula (II) are novel and constitute a further aspect of the present invention.
- Certain compounds of formula (V), which are toluenesulphonamide or phenylsulphonamide derivatives, have been described in the following publications:
- Tetrahedron, 1993, 49 (48), 11329-11340;
- Centralblatt, 1929, II, 1398;
- J. Org. Chem., 1978, 43(23), 4438-4441;
- J. Org. Chem., 1966, 31(7), 2385-2386.
-
- in which R1, R2, R3, R9 and C* are as defined for (I); it being understood that:
- when R1 is phenyl or p-tolyl and R3 is hydrogen, then R2 and R9, together with the carbon and nitrogen atoms to which they are attached, are not pyrrolidinyl or 6,7-dimethoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl, and
- when R1 is p-tolyl and R9 is hydrogen, then R2 is not an unsubstituted phenyl; are novel and form part of the invention.
-
- in which R9 and R11 form a methylene or ethylene group, is prepared using knownl methods, for example the one described in J. Org. Chem., 1937, 52, 616-622.
- In order to prepare a beta-amino acid of Formula (XIII) in which R3 and R11 Together form a methylene or ethylene group, known methods are used. Thus, methyl 1-aminoindane-2-carboxylate is prepared in 3 steps from 1-indanone: according to J. Med. Chem., 1970, 650, the action of methyl carbonate in the presence of sodium hydride makes it possible to obtain methyl (1-oxo)indane-2-carboxylate, then, according to J. Heterocycl. Chem., 1974, 11, 982, methyl 1-hydroxyiminoindan-2-carboxylate is prepared and, lastly, the hydroxylamine is reduced to amine in the presence of a catalyst.
- 1-Amino-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2-carboxylic acid can be prepared according to the method described in J. Chromatogr., A 1994, 676, 297-302. Alternatively, according to another process, when the amidine group C(=NR6)NR7R8 contains no function liable to react in a subsequent step under the peptide coupling conditions, an amino acid derivative containing the amidine group can be prepared from the corresponding derivative containing a cyano group, and the couplings required to obtain a compound according to the invention can then be carried out.
- Thus, according to a further aspect, the subject of the present invention is another process foe the preparation of a compound of formula (I), which is referred to as process 2, characterized in that:
-
- in which X is hydrogen or a Boc group and R4, R5 and C* are as defined for (I), in the form of a pure enantiomer or a mixture of isomers in any proportion, is treated with an alcohol of formula R—OH in which R is a (C1-C4)alkyl, in acidic medium, in order to form an intermediate imidate which is reacted with an amine of formula HNR7R8 (III) or a diamine of formula H2NR6R8NH2 (IV) in which R6, R7 and Re have the definitions given above for (I):
-
- is coupled
-
- in which R2, R3 and R9 are as defined for (I) and Pr is a protecting group, for example Boc or Fmoc, then, after deprotection of the amine in acidic medium, a sulphonyl halide of formula R1SO2Hal in which R1 is as defined for (I) and Hal is a halogen, for example chlorine, is reacted;
-
- in which R1, R2, R3 and R9 are as defined for (I):
- c2) the compound of formula (I) thus obtained is isolated in base form or in salt form;
- d2) where appropriate, another salt of the compound of formula (I) is prepared.
-
- The racemic ethyl ester of 4-cyanophenylalanine is described in patent application EP 614,911A. The aamine function of this compound is protected in a conventional manner, by the action of (Boc)2O in the presence of triethylamine. The action of an enzyme, Alcalase®, on the compound 4 thus obtained makes it possible to selectively hydrolyse the ester function of the amino acid of (L) configuration and thus to isolate each of the compounds 5 and 6 in optically pure form (Synthesis, 1983, 1041-1043).
- The compound of (L) configuration is isolated in acid form:(L) 6. The compound of (D) configuration is isolated in the form of an ethyl ester:(D) 5; this compound is hydrolysed with sodium hydroxide in order to obtain the acid form (D) 6. Each of these 2 compounds of formula 6 is then treated with N-hydroxy-succinimide in an inert solvent such as DMF or dioxane, in the presence of a coupling agent such as DCC in order to obtain a compound of formula 7. The action of an amine HNR4R5, followed by the action of trifluoro-acetic acid, makes it possible to prepare the compounds of formulae (L) (VI) and (D) (VI); the conventional reactions described above are then carried out in order to obtain the desired amidines of formulae (L) (XI) and (D) (XI).
-
- or the corresponding aliphatic esters are known or can be prepared by various methods, for example according to J. Am. Chem., 1936, 58, 299. One specific way of preparing the beca-amino acids consists in carrying out a chain extension starting with an alpha-amino acid, according to Tetrahedron, 1994, 50, 9457-9470 or according to J. Chem. Soc., Perin Transact. II, 1977, 370.
- More specifically, the preparation of certain beta-amino acids of formula (XIV) H2N—CH(R2)—CH2—COOH is described in the following publications or patents.
R2 Reference (R, S):commercial (R):Ber. 1910, 43, 2020 (S) J.Org. Chem., 1991, 56, 5883 J.Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun., 1993, 1153 Heterocycles, 1989, 28, 1015 Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr., 1987, 1079 Heterocycles, 1978, 1277-1285 Tetrahedron, 1987, 43, 3509-3517 EP-355819 Tetrahedron Lett., 1988, 29, 6465 Heterocycles, 1989, 28, 1015 J. Agric. Food Chem. 1977, 25, 965 Terehedron, 1994, 50 (31), 9457-9470 Tetrahedron Lett., 1990, 31, 5153-5156 - The compounds (I) in which R2 and R9 are linked together and constitute a C3-C5 alkylene which is unsubstituted or substituted with R12 are prepared from compounds of formula (XIII) which are known or are prepared by known methods.
- In order to obtain optically pure compounds of formula (XIII) or (XIV), it is possible, for example, to use a menthol ester according to the technique described in Tetrahedron Lett., 1988, 29, 6465-6466; a quinine or quinidine salt can also be used, according to Chem. Ber., 1910, 43, 2020, or alternatively the phenylacetamido derivative of the compound of formula (XIV) in racemic form can be used for an enzymatic resolution with a penicillin amylase (Syrlett, 1993, 339). Enantioselective syntheses can also be carried out: Tetrahedron, 1994, 50, 9517; Aldrichimica, Acta, 1994, 27(1), 3.
- In order to prepare an alpha-hydroxy-beta-amino acid, the method described in Bull. Soc. Chim., France, 1940, 7, 593-603 can be used.
- The affinity of the compounds-according to the invention for the bradykinin B, receptors was measured on suspensions of MRC5 cell membranes using a technique similar to that described by K. H. Schneck et al., in Eur. J. Pharmacol., 1994, 266, 227-282. In this test, the affinity of [des-Arg9] bradykinin is between 10−6M and 10-7M, that of [des-Arg1]kallidin is 2×10−9M; and the compounds of the invention have an affinity ranging down to 10−10 M.
- The affinity of the compounds according to the invention for the bradykinin B2 receptors was measured on suspensions of MRC5 cell membranes according to a technique similar to that described by D. G. Sawutz et al., in Eur. J. Pharmacol., 1992, 227, 309-315. In that test, the affinity of bradykinin is close to 10−9M and that of the compounds of the invention varies around 10−6M or 10−7M.
- The toxicity of the compounds according to the invention is compatible with their therapeutic use.
- The compounds according to the invention may be useful for the treatment or prevention of many pathologies, in particular inflammation pathologies and persistent or chronic inflammatory diseases (Drug News and Perspectives, 1994, 10(7), 603-611). By way of example, mention may be made of:
- neurogenic inflammation, pain (Brit. J. Pharmacol., 1993, 110, 193-198), septic shock, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory diseases of the joints, burns (Pain, 1993, 53, 191-197), wounds, diseases of the respiratory tracts, for example rhinitis of viral or allergic origin, systematic inflammatory response syndrome, oedema (Brit. J. Pharmacol., 1995,- 114, 1005-1013), angiogenesis (Brit. J. Pharmacol., 1993, 109, 14-17), type-I infectious diabetes (Abst. 14th Intern. Symp. on Kinins, C49, Denver Colorado, Sep. 10-15, 1995), ventricular hypertrophy associated with diabetes, pulmonary fibrosis and systemic progressive sclerosis, enterocolitis, and more generally any bradykinin-dependent pathology.
- The compounds according to the invention are generally administered in dosage units.
- The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as active principle, one of the enantiomers of the compounds of formula (I), a mixture thereof or salts thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid, as well as to arn excipient which is suitable for oral, injectable, topical or transdermal administration. The daily doses depend on the pathology to be treated and on the patient.
- The subject of the present invention is also pharmaceutical compositions containing an effective dose of a compound according to the invention or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and suitable excipients.
- The said excipients are chosen depending on the pharmaceutical form and the desired mode of administration.
- In the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention for oral, sublingual, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, topical, intratracheal, intranasal, transdermal or rectal administration, the active principles of formula (I) above, or the possible salts thereof, can be administered in unit forms of administration, as a mixture with standard pharmaceutical supports, to animals and to human beings for the prophylaxis or treatment of the above disorders or diseases. The appropriate unit forms of administration comprise oral forms such as tablets, gelati. capsules, powders, granules or oral solutions or suspensions, sublingual, buccal, intratracheal or intranasal administration forms, subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous administration forms and rectal administration forms. For topical application, the compounds according to the invention can be used in creams, ointments, gels or lotions.
- In order to obtain the desired prophylactic or therapeutic effect, the dose of active principle can range between 0.01 and 50 mg per kg of body weight and per day.
- Each unit dose can contain from 0.5 to 1000 mg, preferably from 1 to 500 mg, of active ingredients in combination with a pharmaceutical support. This unit dose can be administered 1 to 5 times a day so as to administer a daily dose of from 0.5 to 5000 mg, preferably from 1 to 2500 mg.
- When a solid composition is prepared in the form of tablets, the main active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical vehicle such as gelatin, starch, lactose, magnesium stearate, talc, gum arabic or the like. The tablets can be coated with sucrose, with a cellulose derivative or with other suitable materials or alternatively they can be treated such that they have sustained or delayed activity and such that they release a predetermined amount of active principle continuously.
- A preparation as gelatin capsules can be obtained by mixing the active ingredient with a diluent such as a glycol or a glycol ester and by pouring the mixture obtained into soft or hard gelatin capsules.
- A preparation in syrup or elixir form or for administration in the form of drops can contain the active ingredient together with a sweetener, preferably a calorie-free sweetener, methylparaben and propyl-paraben as antiseptic, as well as a flavouring agent and a suitable dye.
- The water-dispersible powders or granules can contain the active ingredient as a mixture with dispersing agents; wetting agents or suspension agents, such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, as well as with sweeteners or flavour enhancers.
- For rectal administration, use is made of suppositories which are prepared with binders which melt at the rectal temperature, for example cocoa butteror polyethylene glycols.
- Aqueous suspensions, isotonic saline solutions or sterile and injectable solutions which contain pharmacologically compatible dispersing agents and/or wetting agents, for example propylene glycol or butylene glycol, are used for parenteral administration.
- Creams, ointments, lotions or gels, for example, can be used for local administration.
- Patches in multilaminar or reservoir form in which the active principle may be dissolved can be used for transdermal administration.
- The active principle can also be formulated in the form of microcapsules, optionally with one or more supports or additives.
- The compositions of the present invention can contain, along with the products of formula (I) above or one of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, other active principles which can be used in the treatment of the disorders or diseases mentioned above.
- The preparations and the examples below illustrate the invention. Except where otherwise mentioned, the compounds are obtained in the form of a mixture of diastereoisomers.
- The nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra are recorded at 200 MHz in deuterated DMSO optionally containing TFA, using tetramethylsilane as reference. The chemical shifts are indicated in ppm.
- The mass spectra indicate the value MH+.
- Preparation 1.1
- 1-[2-Amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionyl]pyrrolidine trifluoroacetate.
- 4.06 g of 2-[N-(Boc)amino]-3-(4-cyanophenyl)-propionic acid are mixed with 1.15 ml of pyrrolidine and 7.5 g of BOP in 20 ml of DMF; the mixture is left stirring for 2 hours at RT while maintaining at pH=7 by addition of Et3N. After evaporating to dryness, the residue is chromatographed on silica, eluting with a chloroform/methanol mixture (9/0.5; v/v). After evaporating off the solvents, the solid obtained Is treated with 20 ml of TFA in 20 ml of DCM for 30 minutes at RT. The solvents are evaporated off and the residue is taken up in ether and then dried in order to obtain 3.95 g of the expected product.
- 1-[2-Amino-3-(4-(3,4-dihydroimidazol-2-yl)phenyl))-propionyl]pyrrolidine dihydrochloride.
- 18 g of 1-[2-((N-Boc)amino)-3-(4-cyanophenyl)-propionyl]pyrrolidine are dissolved in 90 ml of DCM, 90 ml of TFA are added and the mixture is left stirring for 40 minutes at RT. After evaporating to dryness, the residue is taken up in DCM and then evaporated (twice). The residue is then taken up in 300 ml of HCl-saturated anhydrous ethanol at 0° C. and the mixture is left for 18 hours at +4° C. The medium is evaporated to dryness, taken up in ethanol, evaporated again and then taken up again in DCM and evaporated (twice). 23 g of intermediate imidate are obtained. The product obtained is dissolved in 1 liter of anhydrous ethanol and 4.41 g of ethylenediamine in 50 ml of anhydrous ethanol are added over 30 minutes. After stirring for 48 hours at RT, the medium is concentrated and then acidified to pH =2 by addition of a saturated solution of HCl in methanol. The mixture is drained, evaporated to dryness and then taken up in ether, drained and dried to give 17.4 g of the expected product.
- NNR (DMSO+TFA):50-1.80:m:4H; 2.50-3.60:m:6H; 4.00:s:4H; 4.35:bs:H; 7.50: d:2H; 8.15:d:2H; 8.60:bs:3H; 11.10:s:2H.
- 1-[2-Amino-3-(4(N1-[3-(dimethylam,ino)propyl]amidino)-phenyl)propionyl]pyrrolidine tris(trifluoroacetate). A) 1-[2-Amino-3-(44N1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-amidino)phenyl)propionyl]pyrrolidine trihydrochloride.
- 809 mg of 1-[2-amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)-propionyllpyrrolidine trifluoroacetate are dissolved in 50 ml of hydrochloric acid-saturated methanol at 0° C. and the mixture is left overnight in a refrigerator.
- After evaporating to dryness, the imidate formed is taken up in toluene, the mixture is then evaporated and the residue is dried under vacuum over potassium hydroxide. The product obtained is dissolved in 75 ml of anhydrous methanol and 570 μl of N-(dimethyl)-propane-1,3-diamine dissolved in 15 ml of anhydrous methanol are added slowly. After stirring for 3 hours at RT, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then dissolved in 30 ml of methanol, adding 5 ml of 4N HCl in dioxane, and is evaporated to dryness.
-
- B) 1-[2-(N-Boc)amino-3-(4-(N1-[3-(dimethylamino)-propyl]amidino)phenyl)propionyl]pyrrolidine dihydrochloride.
- The crude product obtained in the above step is dissolved in 10 ml of dioxane and 10 ml of water. Triethylamine is added to reach pH=8.3, followed by 600 mg of (Boc)2O and the mixture is left stirring at RT for 15 hours. The medium is diluted with water, washed twice with ether, acidified to pH=1.5 by addition of 1N HCl and then washed with DCM. This mixture is brought to pH=7 by addition of IN sodium hydroxide and is evaporated to dryness. The residue is taken up in DCM, the insoluble material is filtered off and the filtrate is then purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with a chloroform/methanol mixture (85/15 to 80/20; v/v). 560 mg of the expected product are obtained.
- C) 1-(2-Amino-3-(4-(N1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-amidino)phenyl)propionyl]pyrrolidine tris(trifluoro-acetate).
- 550 mg of the compound of step B are mixed with 15 ml of DCM and 15 ml of TFA and the mixture is left stirring for 45 minutes at RT. After evaporating to dryness, the residue is dissolved in isopropanol, evaporated to dryness again and taken up twice in ether. The product is isolated by decanting and then dried under vacuum in the presence of potassium hydroxide. 380 mg of the expected compound are obtained.
- 1-[2-Amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionyl]-2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydropyrrole trifluoroacetate.
- A) 1-[2-(N-Boc)amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionyl]-2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydropyrrole.
- 2.1 g of 2-[(N-Boc)amino]-3-(4-cyanophenyl)-propionic acid are mixed with 0.715 g of 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydropyrrole in 10 ml of DMF, 3.9 g of BOP are added and the pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of Et3N. After stirring for 18 hours at RT, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and is then taken up in EtOAc, washed with NaHCO3 solution, with KHSO4/K2SO4 and with saturated NaCl solution. The resulting solution is dried over Na2SO4 and then evaporated. The residue is taken up in an ether/hexane mixture and then dried over Na2SO4. 1.4 g of the expected compound are obtained.
- NMR:(DMSO +TFA) 1.15-1.25 m:6H; 1.30 s 9H; 2.9-3.1 m:2H; 4.3-4.6 m :H; 4.6-4.75 m 1H; 4.9-5.1 m 1H; 5.75-5.9:m:2H; 7.5:d 2H; 7.9:d:2H.
- B) I-[2-Amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionyl]-2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydropyrrole trifluoroacetate.
- The compound of the above step is dissolved in 5 ml of DCM, 5 ml of TFA are added and the mixture is left stirring for 40 minutes at RT. It is evaporated to dryness and- the residue is taken up in DCM and evaporated (3 times) and is then taken up in an ether/ hexane mixture. The product is drained and then dried over Na2SO4 in order to obtain 1.5 g of the expected product.
- Working as in Preparation 1.4, step A above, the compounds described in the table below are prepared:
TABLE 1 Preparation —NR4R5 NMR (DMSO + TFA) 1.5 1.20:s:9H; 2.75-2.95:mt:2H; 3.30-3.60:m:8H; 4.60:mt:1H; 7.40:d:2H; 7.70:d:2H 1.6 0.8-1.2:m:6H; 1.3:s:9H; 2.7-3:m:5H; 4-4.8:m:2H; 7.5:d:2H; 7.8:d:2H 1.7 0.8-1.1:m:6H; 1.15:s:9H; 1.5-2.1:m:4H; 2.7-2.9:m:2H; 3.6-4:m:2H; 4.1-4.4:m:2H; 7.4:d:2H; 7.7:d:2H - Preparation 1.8
- 1-[2-N-Methylamino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionyl]-pyrrolidine trifluoroacetate.
- A) 2-(N-Boc-N-methyl)amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionic acid.
- 1.16 g of 2-[N-Boc-amino]-3-(4-cyanophenyl)-propionic acid are dissolved in 20 ml of THF and 2 ml of methyl iodide are added at 0° C., followed by portionwise addition of 360 mg of sodium hydride at 80% in oil. The mixture is left stirring overnight at RT. The reaction medium is diluted with EtOAc and then water is added and the pH is brought to 2.5 with 1N HCl. The organic phase is separated out after settling has taken place, then washed with water, with saturated NaCl solution and then dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated. The residue is taken up in an Et2O/hexane mixture (1/1; v/v) . The powder formed is filtered off and dried to give 1.11 g of the expected compound.
- NMR (DMSO+TFA):1.20:ds: 9H; 2.55 ds: 3H; 2.90-3.25:m: 2H; 4.50-4.80:m:H; 7.30-7.70: m:4H.
- B) 1-[2-(N-Boc-N-methyl)amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)-propionyl]pyrrolidine.
- 1.10 g of the compound of the above step, 0.35 ml of pyrrolidine and 1.78 g of BOP are mixed with stirring in 15 ml of DMF and the pH is adjusted to 6 by addition of DIPEA. After stirring for 2 and a half hours, the mixture is extracted with EtOAc and the organic phase is then washed with 0.25N NaOH, 0.25N HCl, H2O and then with saturated NaCl solution. The thick wax formed sets to a solid after a few days at +4° C. 1.25 g of the expected compound are obtained.
- NMR (DMSO +TFA):1.10 ds 9H; 1.60-1.85 m:4H; 2.60:ds 3H; 2.75-3.40 m:6H; 4.80-5.10 m :H; 7.25-7.70 m:4H.
- C) 1-[2-N-Methylamino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionyl]-pyrrolidine trifluoroacetate.
- 0.72 g of the compound of the above step is placed in 12 ml of TFA and 12 ml of DCM. After stirring for 40 minutes at RT, the reaction medium is concentrated under vacuum and then evaporated with DCM. 0.75 g of the expected compound is obtained in the form of a thick wax.
- N,N-Diethyl-[2-amino-3-(4-(3,4-dihydroimidazo]-2-yl)-phenyl)]propionamide dihydrochloride.
- N,N-Diethyl-[2-(N-Boc)amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)]-propionamide is prepared by working according to the procedure described in Preparation 1.4, step A. The expected product is then obtained according to the procedure described in Preparation 1.2.
- Ethyl ester of 2-(N-Boc)amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)-propionic acid.
- 26 g of Boc2O dissolved in 100 ml of DCM are gradually added to a solution of 25.5 g of the ethyl ester hydrochloride of 2-amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)-propionic acid and 13.9 ml of Et3N in 400 ml of DCM. After stirring for 6 hours at RT, the reaction medium is washed with KHSO4/K2SO4 solution, with saturated NaHCO3 solution and with saturated NaCl solution. After drying over Na2SO4 and evaporation of the DCM, the residue is triturated from heptane to give 29 g of white powder.
- Ethyl ester of (R)-2-(N-Boc)amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)-propionic acid:compound B and (S)-2-(N-Boc)amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionic acid:compound A.
- A mixture of 24 g of the product obtained above and 8.4 g of NaHCO3 in 900 ml of EtOAc and 500 ml of H2O is treated with 2 ml of AlcalaseO for 24 hours at RT. The 2 phases are separated out after settling has taken place; the EtOAc phase is rewashed with 100 ml of 10% NaHCO3 solution which is added to the first aqueous phase and the aqueous phase is rewashed with 100 ml of EtOAc added to the first EtOAc phase. The EtOAc phase thus obtained is dried over Na2SO4 and then evaporated to dryness; 12.45 g of compound B are obtained.
- αD 25=+8.8° (c=1; MeOH)
- The aqueous phase is taken up in EtOAc and brought to pH=2:5 with 6N HCl. EtOAc is separated out after settling has taken place and rewashed with KHSO4/K2SO4 solution, with saturated NaCl solution, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness, and 10.1 g of compound A are obtained.
- αD 25=+8.8° (c=1; MeOH)
- 1-[2-Amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionyl]pyrrolidine trifluoroacetate, (S) isomer.
- A) 2,5-Dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl ester of 2-(N-Boc)amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionic acid, (S) isomer.
- 9.85 g of 2-(N-Boc)amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)-propionic acid, (S) isomer, and 4.14 g of NSuOH are dissolved in 100 ml of dioxane and 8.5 g of DCC dissolved in 30 ml of dioxane are added slowly at RT, after which the mixture is stirred for 8 hours at RT. The DCU is filtered off and washed with acetone. After evaporating the filtrate to dryness, the residue is dissolved in acetone and then left overnight at RT. The remaining DCU which has precipitated is removed and the filtrate is then evaporated to dryness, triturated from Et2O and then drained, washed with Et2O and dried. 11.5 g of the expected compound are obtained,
- αD 25=−29.7° (c=1, MeOH)
- B) 1-[2-(N-Boc)amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionyl]-pyrrolidine, (S) isomer.
- 11 g of the compound of the above step are placed in 150 ml of acetonitrile and 20 ml of DMF and 2.5 ml of pyrrolidine in 30 ml of acetonitrile are added over 10 minutes. The mixture is left stirring for 2 hours at RT and is then left overnight at RT. It is evaporated to dryness, the residue is taken up in EtOAc and a KHSO4/K2SO4 buffer is then added. This mixture is extracted with EtOAc, then washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution and then with saturated NaCl solution; it is dried over Na2SO4 and then evaporated to dryness. The residue is triturated from Et2O, drained, washed with Et2O and dried. 6.95 g of the expected compound are obtained.
- αD 25=+260 (c=1, MeOH)
- C) 1-(2-Amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionyl]pyrrolidine trifluoroacetate, (S) isomer.
- 6.75 g of the compound of the above step are dissolved in 50 ml of DCM and the insoluble material is filtered off. 50 ml of TFA are added and the mixture is left stirring for 45 minutes. It is evaporated to dryness, the residue is redissolved in isopropanol, this solution is again evaporated to dryness and the residue is then triturated from Et2O, drained, washed with Et2O and dried over Na2SO4. 6.13 g of the expected compound are obtained, m.p.=193-196° C. αD 25=+510 (c=1, MeOH)
- 1-[2-Amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionyl]pyrrolidine trifluoroacetate, (R) isomer.
- A) (R)-2-(N-Boc)amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionic acid.
- 43 ml of lN NaOH solution are added to 12.18 g of compound B of Preparation 1.11 dissolved in 180 ml of MeOH and the mixture is stirred for 1 hour at RT. 43 ml of lN HCl solution are then added and 150 ml of methanol are evaporated off, after which the mixture is taken up in EtOAc and is washed with water and then with saturated NaCl solution. 11 g of the expected compound are obtained after crystallization from an Et2O/heptane mixture.
- αD 25 =9.5=20 (c=1; MeOH)
- B) Ester of 2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl (R)-2-(N-Boc)-amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionic acid.
- 4.2 g of NSuOH are added to 10 g of the acid obtained above dissolved in 10 ml of dioxane, followed by addition, over 20 minutes, of 8.62 g of DCC dissolved in 30. ml of dioxane. After stirring overnight at RT, the DCU formed is filtered off and washed with dioxane. The filtrate is evaporated to dryness and the residue is triturated from ether to give a solid which is filtered off and dried. 12.09 g of the expected compound are obtained.
- αD 25=+27.1° (c=1; MeOH)
- C) 1-[2-(N-Boc)amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionyl]-pyrrolidine, (R) isomer.
- 2.6 ml of pyrrolidine dissolved in 20 ml of acetonitrile are added to 11.6 g of the compound obtained in the above step dissolved in 150 ml of acetonitrile plus 20 ml of DMF. After stirring overnight at PT, a small amount of insoluble material is removed and the filtrate is concentrated under vacuum. The residue is taken up in EtOAc and washed with KHSO4/K2SO4 solution, with saturated NaHCO3 solution and with saturated NaCl solution; after drying over Na2SO4, the EtOAc is evaporated under vacuum, the residue is triturated from ether and 9.3 g of the expected compound are obtained in the form of a white solid.
- αD 25=−29.2° (c=1; MeOH)
- D) 1-[2-Amino-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionyl]pyrrolidine trifluoroacetate, (R) isomer.
- 8.7 g of the product obtained in the above step are stirred for 35 minutes in a mixture of 50 ml of DCM and 50 ml of TFA. After evaporating to dryness, the residue is taken up in isopropanol and re-evaporated to dryness, and 8.67 g of the expected compound are obtained in solid form.
- αD 25=46° (c=1; MeOH)
- 1-[2-mino-2-methyl-3-(4-cyanophenyl)propionyl]-pyrrolidine trifluoroacetate.
- A)
- A mixture of 7 g of (D,L) alanine methyl ester, 14 ml of Et3N, 4.2 g of MgSO4·3H2O and 5.1 ml of benzaldehyde in 100 ml of dichloromethane is stirred for 18 hours at RT. The insoluble material is filtered off, the filtrate is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is taken up in an ether/water mixture; the ether is separated out after settling of the phases has taken place, rewashed with water and then with saturated NaCl solution, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated. 8.3 g of the expected compound are obtained in the form of an oil.
- B)
- 13.2 ml of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1M in THF) are added, at −70° C. over 20 minutes, to 2.29 g of the product of the above step dissolved in 60 ml of THF. After 30 minutes, 2.35 g of 4-bromomethylbenzo-nitrile dissolved in 15 ml of THF are added over 15 minutes and the temperature is then allowed to rise slowly. After 3 and a half hours, the reaction medium is taken up in EtOAc and washed with water and with saturated NaCl solution. After drying and evaporating the EtOAc, 3.6 g of the expected compound are obtained in the form of an oil.
- C)
- The compound of the above step is taken up in 60 ml of ether plus 60 ml of 1N HCl and is stirred for 18 hours at RT. The aqueous phase is separated out after settling of the phases has taken place, placed in contact with EtOAc and brought to pH=10 with lON NaOH; the EtOAc is separated out after settling of the phases has taken place, rewashed with H2O and with saturated NaCl solution, dried and evaporated. 2.20 g of the expected compound are obtained in the form of an oil.
- D)
- 2.42 g of Boc2O dissolved in 10 ml of dioxane are added, at 10° C. over 10 minutes, to 2.18 g of the compound of the above step dissolved in 10 ml of dioxane; the mixture is then stirred overnight at RT and then for 3 hours at 400° C. The reaction medium is taken up in EtOAc, washed with water and then with saturated NaCl solution, dried and then evaporated to give an oil which is used directly in the following step.
- E)
- The product of the above step is dissolved in 10 ml of methanol; 2.4 ml of 8.36N KOH solution are added and the mixture is stirred overnight; a further 2.4 ml of the KOH solution are added and the mixture is refluxed for 1 hour. The reaction medium is cooled and taken up in a water/ether mixture; the aqueous phase is separated out after settling of the phases has taken place, taken up in EtOAc and brought to pH=2 with 1N HCl. The EtOAc is separated out after settling of the phases has taken place, rewashed with H2O and with saturated NaCl solution, dried over Na2SO4 and then evaporated. 0.99 g of the expected compound is obtained after chromatography on silica, eluting with chloroform/MeOH/AcOH (94/6/0.2; v/v/v)
- F)
- 0.30 ml of pyrrolidine, 1.55 g of BOP and DIPEA to obtain a pH of 6-7 are added to 0.98 g of the compound of the above step in 10 ml of DMF. After stirring for 2 and a half hours, the reaction medium is taken up in EtOAc and washed with H2O, 0.2N NaOH, 0.2N HCl, H2O and saturated NaCl solution. After drying and evaporating, 1.13 g of the expected compound are obtained, m.p.=84-87° C.
- NR (DMSO +TFA):1.20 s 3H; 1.45 s 9H; 1.60-1.90 m:4H; 3.00-3.50 m 6H; 7.30 d 2H; 7.80:d 2H.
- G)
- 1.12 g of the compound of the above step are stirred for 1 hour in a mixture of 10 ml of DCM and 12 ml of TFA. After evaporating and drying, 1.15 g of the expected compound are obtained in the form of a solid.
- Preparation 2.1
- 3-Amino-3-(2-naphthyl)propionic acid hydrochloride.
- The method described in J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1936, 58, 299 is used. 15.5 g of 2-formylnaphthalene, 10.4 g of malonic acid and 15.4 g of ammonium acetate in 150 ml of ethanol are mixed together and refluxed for 6 hours. After cooling to RT, the producz is drained, washed with EtOH and dried. The product obtained is dissolved in a sufficient amount of 2N HCl and the insoluble material is then filtered off. The acidic solution is concentrated by evaporating under vacuum and the solid thus formed is recrystallized from 20 ml of an AcOH/H2O mixture (1/1; v/v). 3.8 g of the expected product are obtained.
-
- Preparation 2.6
- 3-(N-Boc)amino-3-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)propionic acid.
- Starting with the compound of Preparation 2.5, the N-protected beta-amino acid is prepared in the following way.
- 10 g of 3-amino-3-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)propionic acid are dissolved in 100 ml of water and 9 ml of triethylamine are added, followed by gradual addition of 9.3 g of (Boc)2O in 100 ml of dioxane. After stirring overnight at RT, the medium is concentrated andthe residue is then taken up in water, adjusting the pH to 9 by addition of 1N sodium hydroxide. This mixture is washed twice with ether, the aqueous phase is taken up and acidified to pH=3 by addition of 1N HCl and is extracted with EtOAc and concentrated in order to obtain 3.9 g of the expected compound, m.p.=128° C.
- NMR (DMSO)
- 1.25 ppm:s:9H; 2.50-2.65 ppm:mt:2H; 4.75 ppm q:1H; 7.25 ppm:d:1H; 7.20-7.40 ppm:m:3H
- 3-Amino-3-(3-isopropyloxyphenyl)propionic acid hydrochloride
- A) (3-Isopropyloxy)benzaldehyde.
- 3.4 g of K2CO3 and 1.5 g of benzyltriethyl-ammonium chloride are added to 12.2 g of 3-hydroxy-benzaidehyde in 100 ml of DMSO, followed by addition, over 30 minutes, of 10 ml of isopropyl iodide dissolved in 20 ml of DMSO, and the mixture is left stirring overnight at RT. The mixture is poured onto 400 ml of water and is then extracted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaCl solution and then dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. The oil obtained (14.4 g) is used without further purification in the following step.
- B) 3-Amino-3-(3-isopropyloxyphenyl)propionic acid hydrochloride.
- A mixture containing 14 g of the oil obtained in the above step, 150 ml of methoxyethanol, 8.95 g of malonic acid and 13.2 g of ammonium acetate is heated overnight at 80° C. After cooling, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the oil formed is then dissolved in ethanol and 50 ml of 2N HCl. Fractional evaporation is carried out in order to obtain the expected compound, which is drained and then washed with EtOAc. 4.56 g are obtained.
- NMR (DMSO):1.25 d 6H; 4.65:septet:1H; 7.20-7.55:mt:4H; 9.95 s 1H.
- The compounds described in the table below are prepared according to the procedure described in the above preparation.
TABLE 3 Preparations R2 NMR 2.8 (DMSO) 2.85-3.15:mt:2H; 3.85:s:3H; 4.60:t:1H; 6.95-7.45:mt:4H 2.9 (DMSO + TFA) 2.50-3.00:mt:2H; 3.70:s:3H; 4.50:t:1H; 6.90:d:2H; 7.40:d: 2H 2.10 (DMSO + TFA) 2.80-3.10:mt:2H; 4.60:t:1H; 7.30-7.60:m:4H 2.11 (DMSO + TFA) 2.90-3.20:mt:2H; 4.75:t:1H; 7.00-8.05:mt:4H 2.12 (DMSO + TFA) 3.00-3.20:mt:2H; 5.40-5.60:mt: 1H; 7.50-8.30:m:7H 2.13 (DMSO + TFA) 2.75-3.10:mt:2H; 5.60:t:1H; 7.00-7.45:m:4H 2.14 (DMSO + TFA) 0.90-1.75:m:1H; 2.40-2.70:mt: 2H; 3.15-3.30:m:1H 2.15 (DMSO + TFA) 2.25:s:3H; 2.80-3.05:mt:2H; 4.55:t:1H; 7.10-7.30:m:4H -
- A) 3-Amino-3-biphenyl-4-ylpropionic acid hydrochloride.
- 18.2 g of 4-phenylbenzaldehyde, 10.4 g of malonic acid and 15.4 g of ammonium acetate in 150 ml of methoxyethanol are mixed together. After heating overnight at 80° C., the mixture is cooled and the product formed is then washed with ethanol, with ether and then dried. After washing again with water, the product is recrystallized from a methanol/water mixture with a small amount of HCl. A mixture of the expected product and of the methyl ester hydrochloride of 3-amino-3-biphenyl-4-ylpropionic acid is obtained, which is used without further purification in the following step.
- B) 3-(N-Boc)Amino-3-biphenyl-4-ylpropionic acid.
- The product of the above step is placed in 200 ml of dioxane, 55 ml of 2N NaOH are added and the mixture is left stirring at RT for 1 hour 40 minutes. 13 g of Boc2O are added and stirring is continued overnight. The insoluble material is filtered off, dilution is carried out with 200 ml of water, the mixture is washed with Et2O and then acidified to pH=2.5 by addition of 2N HCl in the presence of 100 ml of EtOAc. This mixture is extracted with EtOAc, washed with KHSO4/K2SO4, with saturated NaCl solution and then dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness in order to obtain 11.03 g of the expected compound.
- NMR (DMSO) 1.40:s: 9H; 2.60-2.85 mt: 2H; 5.00:dq:1H; 7.35-7.80 mt:10H; 12.30:bs: 1H.
- 2,5-Dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl 3-(N-Boc)amino-3-biphenyl-4-ylpropionate.
- 3.41 g of the acid described in the above preparation are placed in 50 ml of dioxane and treated with 1.26 g of hydroxysuccinimide in the presence of 2.5 g of DCC. The mixture is left stirring overnight at RT and is then drained and washed with acetone. The filtrate is evaporated to dryness and then taken up in isopropanol. The solid is drained, washed with ether and dried to give 3.46 g of the expected compound, m.p. =161°C.
- NMR (DMSO) 1.35 s:9H; 2.80 s:4H; 3.00-3.20:mt:2H; 5.00 dq 1H; 7.30-7.75 mt 10H.
- (1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-1-isoquinolyl)acetic acid.
- This compound is prepared according to J. Org, Chem., 1987, 52, 616-622.
- A) 3,4-Dihydroisoquinoline.
- 9.4 ml of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline are dissolved in 200 ml of DCM and 14.7 g of NBS are gradually added. The mixture is left stirring at RT, cooling slightly in order to maintain a temperature of less than 400° C. for 30 minutes, after which 50 ml of 10N NaOH are added and the mixture is left stirring for 1 hour at RT. The organic phase is separated out after settling of the phases has taken place and is washed with 100 ml of water and then twice with 100 ml of 4N HCl. The aqueous phases are washed with DCM and then brought to pH=9 by addition of concentrated NH4OH. This mixture is extracted with DCM, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. The oil obtained is distilled off. 7.16 g of the expected compound are obtained, b.p. =50-540C at 0.05 mbar.
- B) (1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-1-isoquinolyl)acetic acid.
- A mixture containing 6.62 g of 3,4-dihydro-isoquinoline and 5.13 g of malonic acid is triturated in an oil bath at 120° C. The mixture thickens and becomes entirely solid; it is worked into a powder with a spatula. The total duration of heating is about 40 minutes. The mixture is cooled to about 60° C. and treated with 120 ml of MeOH and 20 ml of water, which dissolves the medium. A first crop is obtained under cold conditions and a second crop is then obtained by evaporating the filtrate and crystallizing the residue from acetone.
- NMR (DMSO +TFA) 2.90-3.15 mt 4H; 3.30-3.60:mt:2H; 4.90:t:1H; 7.20-7.40 m 4H.
- 3-Amino-3-phenylprooionic acid trifluoroacetate, (R) isomer.
- A) (2-Isopropyl-5-methyl)cyclohexyl 3-(N-Boc)amino-3-phenylpropionate, (R) isomer.
- This reaction is carried out according to Tetrahedron Letters, 1988, 29, 6465-6466. A solution containing 11.1 g of 3-(N-Boc)amino-3-phenylpropionic acid, 7.5 g of L(-)-menthol and 2.1 g of DMAP in 400 ml of DCM is prepared; after stirring, 11.2 g of DCC dissolved in 50 ml of DCM are gradually introduced. After stirring overnight at RT, the mixture is filtered, the DCU is washed with acetone and the filtrate is evaporated to dryness. The residue is taken up in 150 ml of heptane at 80-90° C.; the insoluble material is filtered off and the solution is left at RT for 4 hours. The solid is drained, washed with heptane and dried at 400° C. until the menthol odour has disappeared. 4.25 g of the expected compound are obtained.
- αD 25=−16.50 (c=1; MeOH)
- B) 3-(N-Boc)amino-3-phenylpropionic acid, (R) isomer.
- A mixture containing 4.22 g of the compound of the above step and 15.7 ml of 1N NaOH in 100 ml of methanol is refluxed for 4 hours. The reaction medium is cooled, treated with 15.7 ml of 1N HCl and then evaporated to dryness and taken up in heptane. After leaving for a few hours at RT, the product crystallizes, it is drained, washed with heptane and then dried at 400° C. until the menthol odour has disappeared. 2.65 g of the expected compound are obtained.
- αD 25=+42.2 (c=1; MeOH)
- C) 3-Amino-3-phenylpropionic acid trifluoroacetate, (R) isomer.
- 2.3 g of the compound obtained in the above step are dissolved in 15 ml of DCM and 15 ml of TFA are added. After stirring for 35 minutes at RT, the solution is evaporated to dryness. The product is taken up in isopropanol, evaporated and then crystallized from Et2O. The product is drained, washed with Et2O and dried in order to obtain 2.16 g of the expected compound.
- 3-Amino-4-phenylbutyric acid hydrochloride, (S) isomer.
- A) Methyl 2-(N-Boc)amino-3-phenylpropionate, (S) isomer.
- 10 g of methyl (L)-2-amino-3-phenylpropionate hydrochloride in 150 ml of DCM are mixed with 7 ml of Et3N and 13 g of (Boc)2O in 50 ml of DCM are gradually-. added. After stirring for 5 hours at RT, the reaction meaium is washed with KHSO4/K2SO4 and then with saturated NaCl solution. The resulting solution is dried in order to remove the excess (Boc)2O and is then dissolved in DCM and 1.5 ml of N,N-dimezhylpropane-damine are added. After stirring for 4 hours, the mixture is washed with KHSO4/K2SO4 and then with saturated NaCl solution. This solution is dried over Na2SO4 and then evaporated to dryness in order to obtain 11.9 g of the expected compound.
- B) 2-(N-Boc)amino-3-phenylpropanol, (S) isomer.
- This step and the following 2 are carried out according to Tetrahedron, 1994, 50(31), 9457. 10 g of the compound of the above step are dissolved in 120 ml of THF and the solution is cooled on an ice bath; 3.17 g of lithium chloride are added, followed by 2.8 g of sodium borohydride and, gradually, 170 ml of EtOH. After stirring overnight at RT, 70 ml of 1M KHSO4 are added slowly and the mixture is concentrated almost to dryness. The concentrate is diluted in chloroform and 1M KHSO4 and is then extracted with chloroform. The extracts are washed with saturated NaCl solution, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness in order to obtain 8.65 g of the expected compound.
- C) 2-Amino-3-phenylpropyl methanesulphonate, (S) isomer.
- 7.5 g of the compound of the above step are dissolved in 40 ml of pyridine and the mixture is cooled in an ice bath; 3.3 ml of mesyl chloride are added over 15 min and the mixture is then left stirring for 2 hours at RT. 15 ml of water are added over 5 minutes and the medium is then diluted with ether and washed with 1M KHSO4 (twice), with water and then with saturated NaCl solution; the resulting solution is dried over Na2SO4 and then evaporated to dryness in order to obtain 9.2 g of the expected compound.
- αD 25=−24.3° (c=1; MeOH)
- D) 3-(N-Boc)arnino-4-phenylbutyronitrile, (S) isomer.
- A solution containing 9.05 g of the compound of the above step with 7.3 g of 18-crown-6 crown ether and 120 ml of DMSO is prepared and 9 g of potassium cyanide are added with stirring in an ice bath. After heating at 50° C. for 5 hours, the mixture is cooled and 600 ml of Et2O are then added. This mixture is washed with water (3 times) and then with saturated NaCl solution; the resulting solution is dried over Na2SO4 and then evaporated to dryness in order to obtain 6.58 g of the expected compound.
- E) 3-Amino-4-phenylbutyric acid hydrochloride, (S) isomer.
- This step is carried out according to Tetrahedron Letters, 1990, 31, 5153. 4.1 g of the compound of the above step are suspended in 50 ml of 6N HCl and the mixture is refluxed for 5 hours. It is concentrated in order to obtain a first crop of the pure expected compound. On evaporating to dryness, a second crop of 1.4 g of the expected compound contaminated with NH4Cl is obtained. A sample is treated with (Boc)2O and its optical rotation is measured.
- αD 25=17° (c=1; NeOH) literature
- αD 25=16° (c=1; MeOH)
- 3-Amino-3-phenylpropionic acid trifluoroacetate, (S) isomer.
- The preparation is identical to the one described in 2.19, but using D(+)-menthol.
- 3-Phenyl-3-(2,4,6-trichlorobenzenesulphonamido)-propionic acid.
- 1.15 g of 3-amino-3-phenylprooionic acid are dissolved in 25 ml of dioxane and 7 ml of 1N sodium hydroxide and 1.95 g of 2,4,6-trichlorobenzenesulphonyl chloride in 5 ml of dioxane are gradually added, while. maintaining the pH at 10.5-11 by addition of 1N sodium hydroxide. After stirring for 2 hours at RT, the mixture is diluted with 100 ml of water, extracted twice with EtOAc and acidified to pH=2 by addition of 6N HCl. The solid formed is drained, washed with water and dried at 400° C. 2.09 g of the expected product are obtained, m.p.=218-219° C.
- NMR (DMSO+TFA):2.60-2,95 mt:2H; 4.75:q:1H; 7.10-7.30:m 5H; 7.60:s:2H; 8.85:d: 1H.
- 3-(Naphth-2-ylsulphonamido)-3-phenylpropionic acid.
- 4.13 g of 3-amino-3-phenylpropionic acid are dissolved in 100 ml of dioxane and 25 ml of 1N sodium hydroxide and 5.6 g of 2-naphthalenesulphonyl chloride are added portionwise, while maintaining the pH at 10.5-11 by addition of 1N sodium hydroxide. After stirring for 2 hours at RT, the mixture is diluted with 400 ml of water and 2N HCl is added in order to obtain pH=2. This mixture is extracted with EtOAc and the extracts are washed with a KHSO4/K2SO4 buffer, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. The residue is triturated from heptane and the product is isolated by decanting and is then dried under vacuum. 7.33 g of the expected product are obtained, m.D. =126-129° C.
- NMR (DMSO+TFA):2.55-2.70:mt:2H; 4.70 t:1H; 6.85-8.15:m:12H.
- 2-Hydroxy-3-(naphth-2-ylsulphonamido)-3-phenylpropionic acid.
- This compound is prepared according to Bull. Soc. Chim., France, 1940, 593-603.
- Working according to the procedures described in Preparations 3.1 and 3.2, starting with the compounds obtained in Preparation 2 and 2-naphthalene-sulphonyl chloride, the acids described in Table 4 below are obtained.
TABLE 4 Prep- arations R2 NMR m.p. ° C. 3.4 (DMSO) 2.80:d:2H; 4.90:q:2H; 7.15-8.20:m:14H; 8.60:d:1H 145-150 3.5 (DMSO + TFA) 2.00-2.20:mt:2H; 4.45:t:1H; 7.10-8.25:m:11H 223-228 3.6 (DMSO) 2.50-2.75:mt:2H 4.60-4.80:mt:3H 6.65-8.15:m:16H 8.40:bs:1H 253-255 3.7 RMN (DMSO) 2.40-2.65:mt:2H 4.65:s:2H; 4.75:dq:1H; 6.40-8.05:m:16H 8.40:bs:1H - The acids described above are converted by the action of N-hydroxysuccinimide in the presence of DCC in DMF. The compounds obtained are described in Table 5 below.
TABLE 5 Prep- m.p. arations R2 NMR (DMSO) ° C. 3.8 2.75:s:4H; 3.20:mt:2H; 4.90:dq:1H; 7.20-8.10:m:14H; 8.70:d:1H 165 3.9 192 3.10 187 3.11 2.80:s:4H; 3.15:mt:2H; 4.65:s:2H; 4.75:dq:1H; 6.45-7.95:mt:4H; 7.25-8.20:mt:12H; 8.60:d:1H 110 - 3-(2-Hydroxyphenyl)-3-(naphth-2-ylsulphonamido)-propionic acid.
- 1.1 g of 3-amino-3-(2-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid hydrochloride, prepared according to J. Agric. Food Chem., 1977, 25, 965, are dissolved in 25 ml of dioxane and 10 ml of 1N NaOH are added; 1.12 g of 2-naphthalenesulphonyl chloride are gradually added while maintaining the pH at 11.5-12 by addition of 1N NaOH. After stirring for 2 hours at RT, the reaction medium is diluted in water, washed with EtOAc (twice) and then acidified to pH=1.5-2 by addition of 6N HCl.
- The white precipitate formed is drained, washed with water and dried in order to obtain 0.82 g of the expected product, m.p.=190-200° C.
- NMR (DMSO)
- 2.50-3.20 mt:2H; 4.80 :mt H; 6.95-8.30:m 11H; 8.75:s: 1H.
- 3-Phenyl-3-(quuinol-2-ylsulphonamido)propionic acid.
- A) 2-Quinolinesulphonyl chloride.
- 3.2 g of 2-mercaptocuinoline are suspended in 40 ml of water containing 0.156 g of iron trichloride. The mixture is cooled in an ice bath and chlorine is then bubbled through for 1 hour at 4° C. The mixture is evaporated and the residue is then taken up in the minimum amount of water and the product is drained and dried in order to obtain 2.30 g of the expected. compound in dry form.
- B) 3-Phenyl-3-(quinol-2-ylsulphonamido)propionic acid.
- 1.65 g of the compound prepared in the above step are dissolved in 40 ml of dioxane and 20 ml of 1N NaOH are added, along with portionwise addition of 2.27 g of 3-amino-3-phenylpropionic acid, while maintaining the pH at 10. The mixture is left stirring for 18 hours at RT and is then evaporated to dryness. The residue is taken up in a DCM/H2O mixture, the phases are separated after settling has taken place and the organic phase is extracted with water. Acidification to pH=1 is carried out by addition of HCl and the product is then drained and dried over MgSO4 in order to obtain 1.9 g of the expected compound.
- NMR (DMSO+TFA):2.4-2.9:m:2H; 4.9:mt 1H; 6.9-7.1:mt:3H; 7.2:d:2H; 7.7-8.1:m:5H; 8.4:d:1H; 8.8 d:1H.
- 3-Phenyl-3-(quinol-8-ylsulphonamido)propionic acid.
- This compound is prepared according to the procedure described above, starting with 8-quinoline-sulphonyl chloride.
- 3-(3-Isopropyloxyphenyl)-3-(naphth-2-ylsulphonamrido)-propionic acid.
- 1.3 g of the compound of Preparation 2.7 are suspended in 20 ml of dioxane and treated with 2N NaOH and then with iN NaOH in order to bring the mixture to pH=12. 1.13 g of 2-naphthalenesulphonyl chloride are added portionwise, while maintaining the pH at 10.5-11.5 by addition of iN NaOH. The mixture is left stirring for 2 hours at RT and is then diluted with water, washed with EtOAc and then brought to pH=2 by addition of 2N HCl. This mixture is extracted with EtOAc and then washed with a KHSO4/K2SO4 buffer and with saturated NaCl solution. The resulting solution is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in order to obtain 900 mg of the expected compound, m.p.=126° C.
- NMR (DMSO) 0.95 d 6H; 2.40-2.55:mt: 2H; 4.10:tq:1H; 4.60:da:1H; 6.20-8.05:mt: 11H; 8.30:d:1H; 12.20:bs:1H.
- Following the procedure described in the above preparation, and using the compounds of Preparations 2.8 to 2.15 as starting materials, the compounds described in Table 6 below are prepared.
TABLE 6 Preparations R2 NMR m.p. ° C. 3.16 (DMSO) 2.35-2.55:mt:2H; 3.35:s:3H; 4.60:dq:1H; 6.20-6.85:mt:4H; 7.40-8.0:mt:7J; 8.30:d:1H; 12.20:bs:1H 154 3.17 (DMSO) 2.35-2.60:mt:2H; 3.35:s:3H; 4.55:dq:1H; 6.35:d:2H; 6.90:d:2H; 7.40-7.95:mt:7H; 8.25:d:1H; 12.20:bs:1H 139 3.18 (DMSO) 2.40-2.70:mt:2H; 4.60:mt:1H; 6.70-7.10:m:4H; 7.40-8.20:m:7H;; 8.45:bd:1H; 12.30:bs:1H 133 3.19 (DMSO) 2.40-2.70:mt:2H; 4.70:dq:1H; 7.00-8.00:m:11H; 8.45:d:1H; 12.20:bs:1H 164 3.20 (DMSO) 2.80:bd:2H; 5.60:mt:1H; 7.10-8.10:m:14H; 8.65:d:1H; 12.30:bs:1H 189 3.21 (DMSO) 2.45-2.65:mt:2H; 4.70:dq: 1H 6.60-7.05:m:4H; 7.50-8.15:m:7H; 8.50:d:1H; 12.30:bs:1H 167 3.22 (DMSO + TFA) 0.80-1.60:m:11H; 1.85-2.30:mt:2H; 3.40:dq:1H; 7.50-8.30:m:7H 198 3.23 (DMSO) 1.85:s:3H; 2.45-2.65:mt:2H; 4.65:dq:1H; 6.60-6.90:m:4H; 7.50-8.15:m:7H; 8.40:bd:1H; 12.20:bs:1H 102 - The acids described above (Preparations 3.15 to 3.23) are converted by the action of N-hydroxy-succinimide in the presence of DCC in dioxane. The compounds obtained are described in Table 7 below.
TABLE 7 Preparations R2 NMR m.p. ° C. 3.24 — 97 3.25 — 142 3.26 — 135 3.27 — 163 3.28 — 142 3.29 (DMSO + TFA) 2.70:s:4H; 3.25:d:2H; 5.60:t:1H; 7.05-7.95:m:14H 192 3.30 (DMSO) 2.70:s:4H; 2.95-3.10:mt:2H; 4.75:dq:1H; 6.50-6.90:m:4H; 7.45-8.10:m:7H; 8.60:d:1H 174 3.31 (DMSO + TFA) 0.60-1.60:m:11H; 2.40-2.80:mt:2H; 2.70:s:4H; 3.35:mt:1H; 7.50-8.30:m:7H 135 3.32 — 142 - 3-(3,4-Dichlorobenzenesulphonamido)-3-phenylpropionic acid.
- A) 3,4-Dichlorophenylbenzenesulphonyl chloride.
- 5.4 g of (3,4-dichloro)thiophenol are suspended in 60 ml of water; 0.234 g of FeCl3 is added and chlorine is bubbled through for one hour at a temperature below 10° C. The mixture is evaporated, drained, washed with water and then dried by azeotropic entrainment in order to obtain 6.7 g of the expected compound.
- B) 3-(3,4-Dichlorobenzenesulphonamido)-3-phenyl-propionic acid.
- The process is then carried out according to the procedure of Preparation 3.1 in order to obtain the expected compound.
- NMR (DMSO): 2.5-2.9:m:2H; 4.6-4.8:q: 1H; 7.1:s:5H; 7.5-7.7:mt: 3H; 8.7:d:1H; 12.4:s:1H.
- 3-(5,6,7,8-Tetrahydronaphth-2-ylsulphonamido)-3-phenylpropionic acid.
- A) Sodium 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-2-sulphonate.
- 3.9 g of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene are dissolvedin 10 ml of anhydrous CCl4 at 0° C.; 4.3 g of dioxane in 10 ml of CCl4 are added, followed by 6.1 ml of sulphuric anhydride. The mixture is left stirring for 18 hours at RT and then for 3 hours at 80° C. A water/ice mixture is added and the resulting mixture is extracted with ether. The aqueous phase is adjusted to pH=6.5 by addition of 5N NaOH. The product is drained and dried over Na2SO4 and then by azeotropic entrainment. 10.6 g are obtained.
- B) 5,6,7,8-Tetrahydronaphthalene-2-sulphonyl chloride.
- 2 g of the sulphonate obtained in the above step are mixed with 5 g of phosphorus pentachloride and the mixture is refluxed for 6 hours. It is evaporated, poured onto a water/ice mixture and then extracted with DCM, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated in order to obtain 1.5 g of the expected compound.
- C) 3-(5,6,7,8-Tetrahydronaphth-2-ylsulphonamido)-3-phenylpropionic acid.
- The process is then performed according to the procedure of Preparation 3.1 in order to obtain the expected product.
- NMR (DMSO):1.6-1.8:m:4H; 2.5-2.8:m: 6H; 4.5-4.7:dd: 1H; 7-7.2:m:7H; 7.3:d:1H; 8.1:d:1H; 12.3 s:1H.
- 1-(Naphth-2-ylsulphonamido)indane-2-carboxylic acid.
- A) Methyl (1-oxo)indan-2-carboxylate.
- The reaction is carried out according to J. Med. Chem., 1970, 650. A suspension of 6.75 g of sodium hydride at 80% in oil and 45 g of methyl carbonate in 120 ml of benzene are mixed together. 11.9 g of 1-indanone dissolved in 100 ml of benzene are added, at 60° C., over 1 and a half hours and the mixture is then refluxed. After 1 hour, the benzene is distilled off. Xylene is added and the mixture is again refluxed. After 1 hour, it is cooled, 30 ml of AcOH are added and the resulting mixture is poured onto 200 ml of a water/ice mixture containing 30 ml of 1N HCl. The insoluble material is removed by filtration and the filtrate is extracted with Et2O. The extracts are washed with water, with saturated NaHCO3 solution, with water, with saturated NaCl solution and then dried over Na2SO4. The product is chromatographed on silica, eluting with EtOAc/hexane (1.3; v/v) in order to obtain 3.05 g of the expected compound.
- NMR (DMSO):3.25-3.50:mt:2H; 3.70:ds: 3H; 4.85-4.90:mt:1H; 7.40-7.80:m:4H. Multiple signals since the product is partly in enolic form.
- Comment: using THF as solvent instead of benzene and xylene, a better yield is obtained: 67% instead of 30%.
- B) Methyl 1-hydroxyiminoindan-2-carboxylate.
- The reaction is carried out according to J. Heterocycl. Chem., 1974, 11, 982. 3.04 g of the compound of the above step in 9 ml of MeOH are added over 10 minutes to a mixture of 2.21 g of sodium acetate and 3.1 g of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in 3 ml of water. The mixture is then refluxed for 1 hour 30 minutes, after which it is cooled and extracted with EtOAc. The extracts are washed with water, with ¾ saturated NaHCO3 solution, with water and with saturated NaCl solution. After evaporating off the EtOAc, 3.28 g of the expected compound are obtained in solid form.
- C) Methyl 1-aminoindan-2-carboxylate hydrochloride.
- 3.27 g of the compound of the above step are dissolved in 80 ml of EtOH, 1.2 g of 10% Pd/C are added, followed by 20 ml of 1M hydrochloric ethanol and the mixture is left stirring under a pressure of hydrogen (5 bar) at RT overnight. The catalyst is filtered off, the filtrate is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is then taken up in EtOAc and water. The water is separated out after settling of the phases has taken place and is then brought to pH=8.5 by addition of 2N NaOH. This phase is extracted with EtOAc, washed with water, with saturated NaCl solution, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated. The residue is taken up in 20 ml of MeOH and 6 ml of 2.5N HCl. The mixture is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is then triturated from Et2O. 2.71 g of the expected compound are obtained in the form of a powder.
- D) Methyl 1-(2-naphthalenesulphonamido)indan-2-carboxylate.
- 0.91 g of the above compound is placed in 10 ml of chloroform and 0.95 g of 2-naphthalenesulphonyl chloride is then added portionwise, followed by portionwise addition of 0.68 ml of DIPEA in order to maintain the mixture at pH=7-8. After 3 hours, the reaction medium is extracted with EtOAc and then washed with 0.05N NaOH, 0.25N HCl, with water and with saturated NaCl solution. 0.99 g of she expected compound is obtained in the form of a pink-white solid.
- NMR (DMSO+TFA):2.80-3.30 mt 2H; 3.40: s:3H; 3.50:q:H; 5.10 d:H; 6.40-8.50:mt: 11H.
- E) 1-(Naphth-2-ylsulphonamido)indan-2-carboxylic acid.
- 0.98 g of the compound of the above step is placed in 10 ml of MeOH, 1 ml of 8.36N KOH is added, the mixture is heated at 50° C. for 3 hours and a further 0.25 ml of 8.36N KOH is then added. After 2 hours, the medium is diluted by addition of water and EtOAc and the pH is brought to 2.5 by addition of 1N HCl. The organic phase is separated out after settling of the phases has taken place, washed with H2O, with saturated NaCl solution and then dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated. 0.80 g of the expected compound is obtained in the form of a foam.
- [2-(2-Naphthalenesulphonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-isoquinolyl]acetic acid.
- 1.91 g of (1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-isoquinolyl)-acetic acid (Preparation 2.18) are suspended in 25 ml of dioxane, 10 ml of 1N NaOH are added, followed by porionwise addition of 2.3 g of 2-naphthalenesulphonyl chloride, and the mixture is maintained at pH=10.5-12 by addition of —1N—NaOH. The mixture is kept stirring at a constant pH for 2 hours at RT. The reaction medium is diluted with 100 ml of water and is then washed twice with EtOAc and brought to pH=1.2 by addition of 6N HCl in the presence of EtOAc. This mixture is extracted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaCl solution, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. The expected product crystallizes from heptane, and is drained, washed with heptane and then dried to give 3.14 g, m.p. =132° C.
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 2.40-2.80:m: 4H; 3.40-3.90: m:2H; 5.45:t: 1H; 6.90-7.20:m: 4H; 7.50-8.40:m: 7H.
- The 2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl ester of the above acid is prepared by the action of NSuOH in the presence of DCC in dioxane.
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 2.50-2.70:m 2H; 2.75 s:4H; 3.10-3.35 mt 2H; 3.50-3.80 mt 2H; 5.50:t:1H; 6.80-8.40 m:1H.
- 3-(2-Naphthalenesulphonamido)-3-phenylpropionic acid, (R) isomer.
- 2 g of the compound of step 2.19 are placed in 30 ml of dioxane in the presence of 7.2 ml of 2N NaOH; 1.6 g of 2-naphthalenesulphonyl chloride are added portionwise while maintaining the mixture at pH=10.5-11.5 by addition of 1N NaOH. After stirring for 2 hours at RT, the mixture is diluted by addition of 100 ml of water and is then washed with EtOAc (several times). The aqueous phase is diluted with EtOAc and then treated with 2N HCl until the pH=2.2. The resulting mixture is extracted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaCl solution, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. The expected compound crystallizes from heptane, and is drained, washed with heptane and then dried. 2.2 g are obtained, m.p.=123-126° C.
- αD 25 =+67.9 (c=1; MeOH)
- 2,5-Dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl 3-(2-naphthalenesulohonamido)-3-phenylpropionate, (R) isomer.
- A solution of 2 g of the above compound and 657 mg of N-hydroxysuccinimide in 35 ml of dioxane is prepared and 1.24 g of DCCI in 10 ml of dioxane are gradually added. After stirring for 5 hours at RT, the DCU is drained and washed with acetone and the filtrate is then evaporated to dryness. The residue is taken up in isopropanol. The product which crystallizes is drained, washed with Et2O and then dried. 2.18 g of the expected compound are obtained.
- The process is performed as in the 2 preparations described above, starting with the compound of Preparation 2.21 in order to obtain 3-(2-naphthalenesulphonamido)-3-phenylpropionic acid, (S) isomer and its 2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl ester.
- 3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-3-(2-naphthalenesulphonamido)-propionic acid, (R) isomer.
- A) 3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-3-(phenylacetamido)propionic acid.
- 9.6 g of 3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)propionic acid are dissolved in 200 ml of dioxane and about 50 ml of 1N NaOH in order to reach pH=10.5-11.5. The medium is cooled to+50° C. and 6.34 ml of phenylacetyl chloride are then gradually added, while maintaining the mixture at pH=10.5-11.5 and at a temperature of between +5° C. and +10° C. Stirring is continued for 1 and a half hours and the medium is then concentrated to one-half before diluting with 500 ml of water. The resulting mixture is washed twice with EtOAc and then acidified to pH=1-2 by addition of 6N HCl. The solid is drained, washed with water and dried to give 14 g of the expected compound.
- B) 3-Amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)propionic acid, (R) isomer.
- This step is carried out according to Syn. Letters, 1993, -339. 16.8 g of the compound of the above step are suspended in 300 ml of water and 1N NH4OH is added until a pH=7.5 is obtained. 0.6 ml of Sigma penicillamidase® is added and the mixture is left stirring for 72 hours at 400° C. The expected compound precipitates. It is drained, washed with water and with acetone and then dried at 400° C. 2.85 g are obtained.
- αD 25=5° (c=1, 1N HCl)
- C) 3-(4-Chlorophenyl)-3-(2-naphthalenesulphonamido)-propionic acid, (R) isomer.
- 1 g of the compound obtained in the above step is dissolved in 15 ml of dioxane and 5 ml of 1N NaOH in order to reach pH=10.5-11.5. 1.15 g of 2-naphthalene-sulphonyl chloride are gradually added while keeping the pH constant. After stirring for 2 hours at RT, the medium is diluted by addition of an equal volume of water and is then washed twice with EtOAc. The medium is acidified to pH=1.3 by addition of 6N HCl. This mixture is extracted with EtOAc and the extracts are washed with saturated NaCl solution (several times). The resulting solution is dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness, and the expected product then crystallizes from heptane. 1.31 g are obtained.
- αD 25=+92° (c=1; MeOH)
- The 2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl ester of the above acid is prepared according to the usual technique.
- 4-Phenyl-3-(2-naphthalenesulphonamido)butanoic acid, (S) isomer.
- 1.08 g of the compound of Preparation 2.20 are dissolved in 30 ml of dioxane and 10 ml of water. 10N NaOH is added in order to reach pH=14 and 1.13 g of 2-naphthalenesulphonyl chloride are then added portion-wise, while maintaining the mixture at pH=10.5-11.5. Stirring is continued for 2 hours and the mixture is then diluted with water and washed with EtOAc. It is again diluted with EtOAc and acidified to pH=2 by addition of 2N HCl and extracted with EtOAc; the extracts are washed with saturated NaCl solution (several times) and then dried and evaporated to dryness. On addition of heptane, the expected product crystallizes. 1.25 g are obtained.
- αD 25 =−26.8 (c=1; MeOH)
- The 2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl ester of the above acid is prepared using the usual techniques.
- (2S,4R) (4-(Benzyloxy)-1-(2-naphthalenesulphonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl)acetic acid.
- A) 4-(Hydroxy)-1-(2-naphthalenesulphonyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid.
- 2.62 g of (2S,4R)-4-hydroxyproline are dissolved in 15 ml of water containing 5.9 g of Na2CO3 and 5.21 g of 2-naphthalenesulphonyl chloride are added. After vigorous stirring for 18 hours at RT, the mixture is drained and the filtrate is then acidified to pH=1. The resulting mixture is again drained, washed with water and dried in order to obtain 4.1 g of the expected compound.
- B) 4-(Benzyloxy)-1-(2-naphthalenesulphonyl)2-pyrrolidinylacetic acid.
- 1 g of the compound of the above step is dissolved in 20 ml of DyF at 0° C. under nitrogen; 0.204 g of sodium hydride at 80% in oil is added and the mixture is then left stirring for 1 hour at 0° C. and for 30 minutes at RT. The mixture is cooled to 0° C. and 10 mg of 16-crown-6 crown ether and 0.921 ml of benzyl bromide are then added. The mixture is left stirring for 1 hour at 0° C. and then for 18 hours at 50° C. and 10 ml of 1N NaOH are added. After stirring for 18 hours at RT, the mixture is diluted with water and then extracted with ether and acidified to pH 2 by addition of 1N HCl. The resulting mixture is extracted with EtOAc and the extracts are dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated in order to obtain 0.8 g of the expected compound.
- C) (2S,4R)-4-Benzyloxy-2-hydroxymethyl-1-(2-naphthalenesulphonyl)pyrrolidine.
- 2.8 g of the compound of the above step are dissolved in 20 ml of THF. 1.12 ml of Et3N and 0.968 ml of ethyl chloroformate are added over 30 minutes at RT, followed by addition of 0.762 g of sodium borohydride in 5 ml of water. After stirring for 20 hours at RT, the mixture is evaporated and the residue is taken up in 20 ml of water and acidified to pH=3 by addition of 1N HCl. The product is drained, washed with water, dried and then precipitated from an EtOAc/hexane mixture in order to obtain 1.9 g of the expected compound.
- D) (2S,4R)-4-Benzyloxy-2-mesyloxymethyl-1-(2-naphthalenesulphonyl)pyrrolidine.
- 3 g of the compound of the above step are dissolved in 100 ml of DCM at 0° C. and 1.28 ml of Et3N and then 0.72 ml of mesyl chloride are added. After stirring for 30 minutes at 0° C., a further 1.28 ml of Et3N and then 0.72 ml of mesyl chloride are added, after which the mixture is left stirring for 30 minutes at RT. It is washed, while cold, with KHSO4/K2SO4 and the insoluble material is then filtered off and the filtrate is dried and evaporated. The residue is taken up in Et2O and used without further purification in the following step.
- E) (2S,4R) 4-Benzyloxy-2-cyanomethyl-2-(2-naphthalenesulphonyl)pyrrolidine.
- The product of the above step is dissolved in 50 ml of DMSO, 2 g of 10-crown-6 crown ether are added and the mixture is cooled on an ice bath. 5 g of potassium cyanide are then added and the mixture is heated for 4 hours at 50° C. The medium is diluted with 250 ml of EtOAc and is then washed with water, dried and evaporated. The residue is taken up in ether. The expected compound crystallizes and 1.7 g are obtained,
- F) Ethyl (2S,4R) (4-(benzyloxy)-1-(2-naphthalene-sulphonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl)acetate.
- 1.6 g of the compound of the above step are dissolved in 50 ml of HCl-saturated ethanol at 0° C. The mixture is left stirring for 48 hours at+400 and is then evaporated. The residue is taken up in EtOH and evaporated (twice) and then taken up in Et2O and evaporated (twice). 20 ml of boiling water are added and a few ml of dioxane/EtOH mixture are then added to homogenize it. The solution is heated for 15 minutes at 100° C. This mixture is evaporated and the residue is taken up in dioxane and then neutralized to pH=6 by addition of 1N NaOH. The solution is used without further purification in the following step.
- G) (2S,4R) (4-Benzyloxy)-1-(2-naphthalenesulphonyl)-, 2-pyrrolidinyl)acetic acid. 2.4 ml of 5N NaOH are added to the solution of the above step and the mixture is heated at 50° C. for 30 minutes. The solvent is evaporated off and the residue is then acidified to pH=3 by addition of concentrated HCl. The product is drained, washed with water and dried in order to obtain 1.44 g of the expected compound.
- A) N-(2-(4-(3,4-Dihydroimidazol-2-yl)phenyl)-1-((1-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)ethyl)-3-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-3-(N-Boc)aminopropionamide.
- 1.09 g of 1-[2-amino-3-(4-(3,4-dihydroimidazol-2-yl)phenylpropionyl]pyrrolidine dihydrochloride are dissolved in 15 ml of DMF, 350 μl of Et3N are added and the mixture is stirred for a few minutes before adding 835 mg of 3-((N-Boc)amino)-3-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-propionic acid (obtained in Preparation 2.6) and 515 mg of DCC.
- After stirring for 3 hours, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then taken up in methanol. The DCU is drained and the filtrate is concentrated to one-half and diluted with acetone. This mixture is filtered and then evaporated to dryness. The residue is chromatographed, eluting with a chloroform/methanol mixture (from 100/2.5 to 100/20; v/v).
- B) N-(2-(4-(3,4-Dihydroimidazol-2-yl)phenyl)-1-((1-pyrrolidinylcarbonyl)ethyl)-3-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-3-aminopropionamide.
- The crude product obtained in the above step is placed in 20 ml of a solution of 4N HCl in dioxane and a sufficient amount of MeOH to allow complete dissolution. After 1 hour at RT, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is triturated twice from ether and then drained, washed with ether and dried under vacuum in the presence of KOH. 225 mg of the expected compound are obtained.
- N-(2-(4-Cyanophenyl)-1-((1-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)-ethyl]-3-phenyl-3-aminopropionamide trifluoroacetate, (R,R) isomer.
- A) N-[2-(4-Cyanophenyl)-1-((1-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)-ethyl]-3-phenyl-3-(N-Boc)aminopropionamide, (R,R) isomer.
- The 2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl ester of the acid obtained in Preparation 2.19, step B is prepared. 800 mg of this compound are added to a mixture containing 790 mg of the compound of Preparation 1.13 in 15 ml of acetonitrile and 380 μl of DIPEA. The mixture is left stirring for a few hours and is then left overnight at RT. The medium is evaporated to dryness and the residue is taken up in KHSO4/K2SO4 and then extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase is washed with saturated NaCl solution and then dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. 1.1 g of the expected compound are obtained, this compound crystallizing from heptane.
- B) N-[2-(4-Cyanophenyl)-1-((1-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)-ethyl]-3-phenyl-3-aminopropionamide trifluoroacetate, (R,R) isomer.
- 1 g of the compound of the above step is dissolved in 6 ml of DCM, 6 ml of TFA are then added and the mixture is left stirring for 35 minutes at RT. The reaction medium is evaporated to dryness, the residue is redissolved in isopropanol and then evaporated, the residue is triturated from Et2O and the product is drained and dried in order to obtain 0.88 g of the expected compound.
-
- 210 mg of the compound of Preparation 4.1 are dissolved in 10 ml of dioxane and 5 ml of water, and 1N sodium hydroxide is added in order to reach pH=9.5. 84 mg of 2-naphthalenesulphonyl chloride are added 3 times, while maintaining the mixture at pH=9-9.5 by addition of 0.5N sodium hydroxide. After leaving overnight at RT, the medium is diluted with water and acidified to pH=2.5 by addition of 1N HCl. The solid formed is chromatographed onSephadex® LH 20, eluting with methanol. The fraction containing the expected product is concentrated, treated with a solution of 4N HCl in dioxane and then evaporated to dryness; the residue is taken up in ether, drained and dried. 41 mg of the expected compound are obtained.
- MH+:692:dichloro isotopic profile
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 1.40-1.70:m:4H; 2.50-3.40 m 8H; 4.00:ds 4H; 4.45-4.70:m:2H; 6.60-8.00:m 14H
-
- 715 mg of the compound of Preparation 1.1, 15 ml of CH3CN, 250 1l of triethylamine, 710 mg of the compound of Preparation 3.2 and 450 mg of DCC are mixed together and left stirring for 5 hours at RT. The mixture is evaporated to dryness, the residue is taken up in acetone, the DCU is drained and the filtrate is then evaporated to dryness again. The residue is triturated from ether and the product is then isolated by decanting, several times. It is dried under vacuum in the presence of P205 in order to obtain 610 mg of the expected compound, m.p.=195-200° C.
- NMR (DMSO+TFA)
- 1.40-1.70:m 4H; 2.30-3.40:m 8H; 4.40-4.60 m and 4.60-4.70 m:2H; 6.75-8.15:m:16H
- B)
- 600 mg of the product obtained in the above step are dissolved in 20 ml of a solution of ethanol saturated with hydrochloric acid, at 0° C. After leaving overnight in a refrigerator, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then dried under vacuum in the presence of KOH. The product obtained is diluted in 25 ml of anhydrous ethanol and 134 μl of ethylene-diamine in 2 ml of anhydrous EtOH are then added several times. After leaving overnight at RT, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then chromatographed on silica, eluting with a chloroform/methanol mixture (85/15; v/v). The fractions containing the expected compound are combined, evaporated and then taken up in dilute hydrochloric ether. After draining and drying under vacuum in the presence of KOH, 180 mg of the expected product are obtained.
- MH+: 624
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 1.40-1.80 m:4H; 2.55-3.45 m:8H; 4.00 s:4H; 4.55:bt:and 4.70 bt 2H; 6.70-8.20 m 16H
-
- 800 mg of the compound obtained in Example 2, step A are dissolved in 20 ml of a satuurated solution of HCl in anhydrous EtOH. After leaving overnight in a refrigerator, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then dried under vacuum in the presence of KOH. The residue is dissolved in 30 ml of anhydrous EtOH and 175 μl of Et3N are added, followed by 350 mg of N-Boc-(4-aminomethyl)benzylamine. After 48 hours at RT, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then chromatographed on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with MeCH. 2 fractions containing two different compounds are obtained. For one (fraction 1, 570 mg), the amidine is monosubstituted with a group R8=−4((N-Boc)amino-methyl)benzyl and R6 and R7=H; for the other (fraction 2, 150 mg), the amidine is disubstituted with R6=R8=−4(N-(Bor)aminomethyl)benzyl and R7=H.
- B)
- 125 mg of the compound of fraction 2 obtained in the above step are suspended in 1 ml of DCM, 1 ml of TFA is added and the mixture is left stirring for 40 minutes at RT. After evaporating the medium to dryness, the residue is dissolved in isopropanol and is then evaporated to dryness again; the residue is triturated from Et2O, drained, washed with Et2O and then dried. 110 mg of the expected compound are obtained.
- MH+836
- NMR (DMSO+TFA)
- 1.40-1.80:m: 4H; 2.40-3.30:m:8H; 3.90-4.80:m: 10H; 6.80-8.45:m:24H
-
- 535 mg of the compound of fraction 1 obtained in Example 3, step A are suspended in 8 ml of DCM, 8 ml of TFA are added and the mixture is left stirring for 40 minutes at RT. After evaporating the medium to dryness, the residue is triturated from ether and then dried under vacuum in the presence of potassium hydroxide. 520 mg of the expected compound are obtained.
- MH+:717
- NMR (DMSO+TFA); 1.30-1.70:m:4H; 2.20-3.30 m:8H; 3.90::s:2H; 4.40-4.70:m:4H; 6.30-3.00:m:20H
-
- 960 mg of the compound of Preparation 3.8 in 20 ml of DMF are mixed with 852 mg of the compound of Preparation 1.2 and 280 μl of Et3N and the mixture is adjusted to pH=7-7.5 by addition of Et3N. After stirring overnight, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then taken up in methanol and chromatographed on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with methanol. The fractions containing the product are combined, evaporated and then taken up in 20 ml of butanol, 10 ml of 1N HCl and 10 ml of water. After stirring and separation of the phases by settling, the. organic phase is evaporated. The residue is chromatographed on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with methanol, and the fractions collected are subjected to the same treatment as above. 180 mg of the expected compound are obtained.
- MH+:674
- NMR (DMSO+TFA)
- 1.00-1.70:m:4H; 2.30-3.20:m:8H; 4.05:ds 4H; 4.50:mt and 4.80 mt 2H; 7.05-8.10:m:18H
-
- This compound is obtained by working as in Example 5, starting with the compounds of Preparations 3.9 and 1.2.
- MH+:658:monochloro isotopic profile
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 1.40-1.70:m:4H; 2.40-3.30:m:8H; 3.90:ds: 4H; 4.40-4.65:m: 2H; 6.70-8.00:m:15H
-
- 880 mg of the compound of Preparation 1.2 are dissolved in 15 ml of DMF and 300 μl of Et3N, 1.12 g of the compound of Preparation 3.10 are added and the mixture is left stirring for 5 hours at RT. After evaporating the medium to dryness, the residue is taken up in a mixture of 1N HCl and butanol, and the upper nphase is then separated out after settling has taken place and evaporated to dryness. The residue is chromatographed on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with MeOH. The product thus obtained is taken up in a solution of 1N HCl in butanol and then evaporated to dryness and the residue is triturated from ether, drained, washed with ether and dried in order to obtain 330 mg of the expected product.
- MH+:730
- NMR (DMSO+TFA); 1.45-2.25 m:4H; 2.30-3.30:m:8H; 3.85:s and 3.95::s:4H; 4.50-4.70:m:4H; 6.35-8.00:m:20H.
-
- The debenzylation reaction is carried out according to J. Chem. Educ., 1987, 64, 1062.
- 425 mg of the compound of Example 7 in 20 ml of methanol are mixed with 120 mg of ammonium formate in the presence of 500 mg of 10% Pd/C containing 50% water. After refluxing for 24 hours, the palladium is filtered off and washed with methanol and the filtrate is evaporated -to dryness; the residue is dissolved in methanol and then chromatographed on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with methanol. The product obtained is taken up in a mixture of a solution of 2N HCl in water and butanol; after stirring, the aqueous fraction is extracted with butanol and the combined organic fractions are evaporated to dryrness. The residue is taken up in ether and the product is filtered off, washed with ether and dried. 171 mg of the expected product are obtained.
- MH+:640
- NMR (DMSO+TFA)
- 1.50-1.85:m:4H; 2.40-3.30:m:8H; 4.05 ds :4H; 4.50-4.70:m:2H; 6.40-8.20 m:15H
- The compounds described in Table 8 are prepared as in Examples 7 and 8 above.
TABLE 8 Example R2 MH+NMR (DMSO + TFA) 9 MH+:730 1.45-1.75:m:4H; 2.40-3.40:m:8H; 3.95:s: and 4.00:s:4H; 4.50-4.70:m:4H; 6.40-8.10:m:20H 10 MH+:640 1.45-1.80:m:4H 2.25-3.30:m:8H 3.95:s:4H 4.45-4.70:m:2H 6.30-8.20:m:15H 11 MH+:683 1.45-1.80:m:4H 1.95-2.10:m:2H 2.75:ds:6H 2.50-3.60:m:12H 4.55:m.t.: and 4.70:mt: 2H 6.80-8.10:m:16H -
- 900 mg of the compound of Preparation 1.2 in 10 ml of DMF and 550 μl of Et3N are mixed with 1.04 g of the compound of Preparation 3.1 and 1.3 g of BOP and a sufficient amount of Et3N to reach pH=6-7 are added. After stirring for 5 hours, while maintaining the medium at pH=6-7 by addition of Et3N, the medium is diluted with ether and is then triturated and the phases are allowed to separate by settling (twice). The oil is chromatographed on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with methanol, and the product obtained is then chromatographed again on silica, eluting with a chloroform/methanol mixture (90/10; v/v). The product obtained is washed with EtOAc in water, with EtOAc and dried. 313 mg of the expected product are obtained.
- M+:676:trichloro isotopic profile
- NMR (DMSO+TFA)
- 1.50-1.85:m:4H; 2.70-3.20:m:8H; 3.95 bs 4H; 4.50-4.75:m:2H; 6.90-8.00:m :1H
- Working as in Example 12, the compounds described in the table below are prepared.
TABLE 9 Exam ples R2 R3 MH+NMR (DMSO + TFA) 13 H MH+:640 1.60-1.80:m:4H 2.60-3.50:m:8H 3.80:s:and 4.00:s:4H 4.60-4.90:m:2H 6.90-8.70:m:15H 14 OH MH+:640 1.40-1.70:m:4H 2.50-3.20:m:8H 3.85:ds:4H 4.00:d.d.:1H 4.30-4.70:m:2H 6.55-8.10:m:16H -
- This compound is prepared from the compound prepared in Example 2, step A, and working as in Example 2, step B. using 2-methylpropane-1,2-diamine.
- MH+: 652
- NMR (DMSO+TFA)
- 1.30 s:6H; 1.30-1.70:m: 4H; 2.25-3.20:m:8H;, 3.65 :s:2H; 4.40-4.70 m:2H; 6.70-8.05: m:16H
-
-
- MH+: 625
- NMR (DMSO) 1.5-1.8:mt:4H; 2.5-3.7:m: 8H; 4:s: 4H; 4.4-4.6:mt:1H; 4.7-4.9:mt:1H; 6.8-7:mt:3H; 7-7.1:mt:2H; 7.4:d:2H; 7.7-8.1:m:5H; 8.3-8.4:m:2H; 8.7:d: 1H; 10.7 s:1H.
-
- This compound is prepared according to the procedure of the above example, starting with the compound of Preparation 3.14 and that of Preparation 1.2.
- MH+:625
- NMR (DMSO):1.4-1.7:mt:4H; 2.4-3.3:m: 4H; 4 mt:4H; 4.5-4.7 mt:2H; 6.7-6.9:mt:2H; 7.2-8.4:m:16H; 9:mt:1H; 10.7:s: 1H.
-
- 740 mg of the compound of Preparation 1.2 are placed in 10 ml of DMF and:240 μl of DIPEA are added, .followed by 740 mg of the compound of Preparation 3.24. After stirring overnight at RT, ether is added, the mixture is decanted and washed again with ether and is then triturated and decanted. The organic phase is chromatographed on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with MeOH. The fractions of interest are taken up in a mixture containing 5 ml of butanol, 5 ml of 1N HCl and:5 ml of EtOAc. The organic phase is washed with 5 ml of 1N HCl and evaporated to dryness. The residue is dissolved in methanol and precipitated with ether. 470 mg of the expected compound are obtained.
- MH+:682
- NMR (DMSO):1.00:d: 6H; 1.45-1.80:m: 4H; 2.30-3.20:m:8H; 3.95:ds:4H; 4.05-4.20:m:1H; 4.50-4.70:m:2H; 6.30-8.40:m:17H (1SH aromatic+2H amides); 10.70:bs:1H.
- Working according to the procedure described above, the compounds according to the invention in the table below are prepared from the compounds of Preparations 3.25 to 3.32.
TABLE 10 Example R2 NMR MH+ 19 (DMSO + TFA) 1.50-1.80:m:4H; 2.25-3.25:m:8H;3.40:s:3H; 4.00:ds:4H; 4.45-4.75:m:2H; 6.35-6.90:mt:4H; 7,30-8.15:m: 11H 654 20 (DMSO + TFA) 1.50-1.80:m:4H; 2.30-3.25:m:8H; 3.40:s:3H; 4.00:ds:4H; 4.60:tq:1H; 6.40: d:2H; 6.90:d:2H; 7.25 8.05:m: 11H 654 21 (DMSO + TFA) 1.50-1.80:m:4H; 2.35-3.40:m:8H; 4.00:ds:4H; 4.50-4.70:m:2H; 6.75-7.00: 4H; 7.25-8.10:m:11H 658-660 22 (DMSO + TFA) 1.40-1.80:m:4H; 2.40-3.40:m:8H; 3.95:ds:4H; 4.50-4.65:mt:1H; 4.75:dq:1H; 6.90-8.00:m:15H 692 23 (DMSO + TFA) 1.20-1.60:m:4H; 2.40-3.20:m:8H; 3.95:bs:4H; 4.25-4.50:mt:1H; 5.45:t:1H; 7,00-7.90:m:18H 674 24 (DMSO + TFA) 1.50-1.75:m:4H; 2.60-3.40:m:8H; 4.00:bs:4H; 4.50-4.75:m:2H; 6.55-8.10:m: 15H 642 25 (DMSO + TFA) 0.60-1.70:m:15H; 1.80-2.20:m:2H; 2.60-3.40: m:7H; 3.90:s:4H; 4.30-4.60:m: 1H; 7.25-8.25:m:11H 630 26 (DMSO + TFA) 1.50-1.50:m:4H; 1.90:s:3H; 2.20-3.30:m:8H; 4.05:ds:4H; 4.55-4.75:m:2H; 6.60-8.10:m:15H 638 -
- A) N-(2-(4-Cyanophenyl)-1-(1-pyrrolidinylcarbonyl)-ethyl)-3-(4-biphenylyl)-3-(N-Boc)aminopropionamide.
- 1.19 g of the compound of Preparation 1.1 are placed in 30 ml of acetonitrile and:0.46 ml of Et3N and 1.46 g of the compound of Preparation 2.17 are added. The mixture is left overnight at RT and is then evaporated to dryness and the residue is taken up in KHSO4/K2SO4 and extracted with EtOAc. The extracts are washed with saturated NaCl solution, dried over Na2SO4 and then evaporated to dryness. The expected compound crystallizes from heptane and is filtered off, washed with heptane and then dried in order to obtain 1.86 g.
- B) N-(2-(4-Cyanophenyl)-1-(1-pyrrolidinylcarbonyl)-ethyl)-3-(4-biphenylyl)-3-aminopropionamide trifluoro-acetate.
-
- 1.34 g of the compound of the above step are placed in 25 ml of DCM and:850 μl of DIPEA and:522 mg of 2-naphthalenesulphonyl chloride in 5 ml of DCM are gradually added. After stirring for 2 hours at RT, the mixture is diluted with 60 ml of DCM and is then washed with KHSO4/K2SO4 and with saturated NaCl solution. The resulting solution is dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness, and the residue is then chromatographed on fine silica, eluting with chloroform containing 1% MeOH. 0.802 g of the expected compound is obtained.
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 1.45-1.85:m:4H; 2.40-3.35: m:8H; 4.50-4.90:mt:2H; 7.05-8.20:m:20H.
- D)
- 0.778 g of the compound of the above step is placed in 50 ml of anhydrous EtOH saturated with HCl, at 0° C.; the mixture is left stirring in a refrigerator until dissolved and is then left in the refrigerator for 48 hours. It is evaporated to dryness and dried in a desiccator under vacuum in the presence of potassium hydroxide for 2 hours. This residue is dissolved in 80 ml of anhydrous EtOH and:206 Al of DIPEA and:93 μl of ethylenediamine are added. After 24 hours at RT, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then chromatographed on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with methanol. The fractions containing the product are taken up in a mixture of 6 ml of butanol and:6 ml of 1N HCl. After stirring and separation of the phases by settling, the organic phase is washed with 3 ml of 1N HCl and evaporated under vacuum. The residue is taken up in Et2O and the solid formed is filtered off, washed with Et2O and dried to give 0.495 g of the expected compound.
- MH+: 700
- NMR:1.40-1.80:m:4H; 2.40-3.30 m:8H; 3.80:s: 2H; 3.95:s:2H; 4.50-4.80:mt:2H; 7.00-8.05:m:20H.
-
- 0.790 g of the compound obtained in Example 2, step A is dissolved in 10 ml of BtOH saturated with HCl, at 0° C., and the mixture is left stirring for 48 hours at 0° C. It is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then taken up in EtOH and evaporated (twice). The residue is taken up in DCM and evaporated (twice). The resulting residue is taken up in 20 ml of EtOH and then neutralized by addition of Et3N. 0.109 ml of diaminopropane is added and the mixture is left for 24 hours at RT. It is evaporated to dryness and the residue is taken up in DCM and washed with KHSO4/K2SO4. Chromatography on silica is then carried out, eluting with a chloroform/methanol/concentrated ammonia mixture (10/1/1; v/v/v). 0.12 g of the expected compound is obtained.
- MH+: 638
-
- 0.888 g of the compound of Preparation 3.2 and 0.957 g of the compound of Preparation 1.4 are dissolved in 5 ml of DMF; 1.22 g of BOP are added and the medium is then adjusted to pH=7 by addition of Et3N. After stirring for 18 hours at RT, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then taken up in EtOAc. The solution is washed with NaHCO3 solution, with KHSO4/K2SO4 and with saturated NaCl solution and is then dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated. The residue is taken up in ether and a few drops of hexane and is hen filtered and dried over Na2SO4 in order to obtain 1.1 g of the expected compound.
- B)
- 1 g of the compound of the above step is dissolved in 20 ml of EtOH saturated with HCl, at 0° C. After 48 hours at+4° C., the solution is evaporated and the residue is taken up in EtOH (3 times) and is then evaporated and taken up in DCM (twice) The residue is taken up in 20 ml of EtCH, the pH is then adjusted to 7 by addition of Et3N and:0.122 ml of ethylenediamine is added. After stirring for 18 hours at RT, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and is then taken up in DCM and washed with 10 ml of KHSO4/K2SO4. This solution is chromatographed on silica, eluting with a chloroform/ methanol/aqueous ammonia mixture (10/1/0.1; v/v/v) in order to obtain 0.640 g of the expected compound.
- MH+: 650
- NMR (DMSO+TFA):0.8-1.2 m:4H; 2.3-3.1: m:4H; 4 :s:4H; 4.3-4.7:m:4H; 5.4-5.7:mt: 2H; 6.8-7.9:m:15H; 8.2:d:1H.
-
- Working according to the procedure of Example 2, steps A and B, the compounds according to the invention in the table below are prepared.
TABLE 12 Example —NR4R5 m.p. ° C./NMR (DMSO + TFA) MH+ 32 170° C. 2.40-3.45:m:12H; 4.00:se:4H; 4.60-4.90:m:2H; 6.80-8.15:m:16H 640 33 0.6-0.9:mt:6H; 2.2-3:m:7H; 3.9:s:4H; 4.3-4.9:m:3H; 6.7-7.8:m:15H; 8.:d:1H 626 34 0.6-1.6:m:8H; 1.6-1.9:mt:2H; 2.4-3.1:m:4H; 3.2-4:m:6H; 4.2-4.8:m:2H; 6.8-7.9:m:15H; 8:s:1H 652 -
- 580 mg of the compound obtained in Example 2, step A are mixed with 250 mg of paraformaldehyde and 60 mg of para-toluenesulphonic acid monohydrate in 25 ml of benzene. The mixture is refluxed in Dean-Stark apparatus for 1 hour. The reaction medium is then washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution and with saturated NaCl solution and then dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. The residue is chromatographed on fine silica, eluting with chloroform, in order to obtain 165 mg of the expected compound.
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 1.55-1.85:m:4H; 2.40-3.40:m:8H; 4.60-5.50:m:4H; 6.90-8.30 m:16H.
- B)
- The process is performed as in Example 2, step B in order to obtain the expected compound, which is purified bv chromatography on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with MeOH.
- MH+: 636
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 1.50-1.80 m:4H; 2.40-3.30:m:8H; 3.95:s: 4H; 4.90-5.45:m: 4H; 6.90-8.10:m:16H.
-
- 1.05 g of the compound of Example 2, step A are mixed with 0.262 g of potassium carbonate in 12 ml of DMF and:423 μl of methyl iodide are added. The following day, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is taken up in water and EtOAc. The organic phase is washed with water and with saturated NaCl solution and is then dried over Na2SO4. 0.6 g of the expected compound is obtained.
- MH+: 595
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 1.50-1.80:m: 4H; 2.20-3.30:m: 8H; 2.55:bs 3H; 4.35-4.65 mt:1H; 5.45-5.60:mt:1H; 7.10-8.45:m:16H.
- B)
- The process is performed as in Example 2, step B, in order to obtain the expected compound, which is purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with DCM/MeOH (93/7; v/v) and then by a second chromatography on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with methanol, m.p.=154° C.
- MH+: 638
- NMR=(DMSO+TFA) 1.20-1.80:m:4H; 2.10-2.40: mt:2H; 2.50:bs:3H; 2.40-3.20:m: 6H; 4.00:s: 4H; 4.40-4.70:mt:1H; 5.35-5.55:mt: 1H; 7.05-8.40 m:16H.
-
- A mixture containing 0.79 g of the compound of Preparation 3.35, 0.79 g of the compound of Preparation 1.1 and:1.06 g of BOP in 10 ml of DMF is prepared, DIPEA is added in order to obtain pH=7 and the mixture is left stirring for 2 hours at RT. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc and the extracts are washed with H2O, with 0.25N NaOH solution, with 0.25N HCl solution, with water and then with saturated NaCl solution. The resulting solution is dried over Na2SO4 and then evaporated and the residue is chromatographed on silica, eluting with a chloroform/MeOH mixture (95/5; v/v).
- B)
- The expected product is obtained by working as in Example 2, step B. It is purified by chromatography on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with DCM/MeOH (3/2; v/v)
- MH+:636
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 1.40-1.80:m:4H; 2.60-3.60:mt:9H; 3.95:S 4H; 4.60-5.20:m:2H; 6.20-8.50:m:15H.
-
- 533 g of the compound of Preparation 3.37 are placed in 10 ml of IDMF and:205 μl of DIPEA, 573 mg of the compound of Preparation 1.2 are added and the mixture is then left overnight at RT. This mxture is diluted with 100 ml of Et2O and the gum formed is then chromatographed on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with MeOH. The fractions of interest are combined and filtered and the residue is taken up in 6 ml of butanol and:6 ml of HCl. The organic phase is separated out after settling of the phases has taken place and is then washed with 3 ml of 1N HCl and evaporated to dryness. The product crystallizes from Et2O and is filtered off and dried to give 430 mg of the expected compound.
- MH+:650
- NMR (D)MSO+TFA) 1.50-1.90:m:4H; 2.50-3.80:m:12H; 4.00:ds:4H; 4.45-4.80 m :1H; 5.40:dq: 1H; 6.75-8.35:m:15H.
-
- A reaction medium containing 710 mg of the compound of Preparation 3.2, 750 mg of the compound of Preparation 1.8 and:0.98 g of BOP in 12 ml of DMF is stirred and DIPEA is added to bring the mixture to pH 6. After stirring for 2 hours at RT, the mixture is extracted with EtOAc. The crude product obtained is chromatographed on silica, eluting with EtOAc/toluene (3/2; v/v). 0.52 g of the expected compound is obtained in the form of a white solid.
- B)
- The expected compound is obtained by working as in Example 2, step B. It is purified on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with DCM/MeOH (3/2; v/v).
- MH+: 638
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 1.40-1.75:m:4H; 2.30-3.20:m:1H; 4.00:s: 4H; 4.60-5.40:mt:2H; 6.80-7.15:m:16H.
-
- A)
- 0.42 g of the compound of Example 2, step A is treated with 10 ml of saturated hydrochloric ethanol at −10° C. After 72 hours at +4° C., the mixture is evaporated to dryness and is then dried under vacuum in the presence of potassium hydroxide. 0.51 g of unpurified product is obtained in the form of the hydrochloride.
- B)
- 0.5 g of the ethyl imidate obtained in the above step is cooled to 0° C. and:10 ml of saturated ammoniacal ethanol are added, at 0° C. The mixture is allowed to return to RT. The following day, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then chromatographed on silica, eluting with a DCM/MeOH mixture (90/10; v/v), then another chromatography on Sephadex® LH 20 is carried out, eluting with MeOH. 0.15 g of the expected compound is obtained, m.p.=
- MH+:598
- NNR (DMSO) 1.40-1.70 m:4H; 2.25-3.10:m: 8H; 4.40-4.70:m:2H; 6.80-8.30:m:18H.
-
- A) 4-Aminobutyronitrile.
- This compound is prepared according to J. Am. Soc., 1952, 74, 1836). 6.7 ml of 4-bromobutyronitrile and:35 ml of liquid ammonia are placed in a bomb at −50° C. After closing, the bomb is left at RT for 48 hours. The residue is taken up in 50% NaOH solution and is then extracted with ether; the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4, evaporated to dryness and then chromatographed on silica, eluting with DCM/MeOH/NMH4OH (90/10/0.3; v/v/v). 1.07 g of the expected compound are obtained.
- B)
- 0.62 g of the compound of Example 2, step A is treated with 10 ml of saturated hydrochloric ethanol at −10° C. After 24 hours at +40° C., the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then dried under vacuum. 0.8 g of unpurified product is obtained in the form of the hydrochloride.
-
- 0.8 g of the compound prepared in the above step is dissolved in 10 ml of EtOH and:108 mg of 4-aminobutyronitrile diluted in 10 ml of EtOH are added dropwise. The following day, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is taken up in LeOH and a few drops of hydrochloric ether are then added. After evaporating to dryness, the residue is chromatographed on silica, eluting with DCM/MeOH (90/10; v/v) in order to obtain 0.38 g of the expected compound, m.z.=144° C.
- MH+:665
- D)
- 10 ml of saturated hydrochloric ethanol at −10° C. are added to 0.35 g of the compound obtained in the above step, at 0° C. The mixture is left in a refrigerator overnight. The following day, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is dried under vacuum in the presence of KOH. The product obtained (0.35 g) is dissolved in 80 ml of ethanol; 43 μl of ethylenediamine in 10 ml of ethanol are added dropwise. After stirring overnight, the mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then chromatographed on silica, eluting with a DCM/MeOH mixture (50/50; v/v), 0.075 g of the expected compound is obtained, m.p.=195° C.
- MH+:708
- NMR (DMSO+TFA):1.35-1.50:m:4H; 1.80-2.00:mt:2H; 2.40-3.20:m:10H; 3.40:mt:2H; 3.70:s:4H; 4.40-4.70:mt:2H; 6.70-8.05:m: 16H.
-
- This compound is prepared according to the process described in Example 12, starting with the compounds of Preparations 1.9 and:3.2.
- MH+: 626
-
-
- (R,R) isomer.
- 1.44 g of the compound of Preparation 1.13 in 40 ml of acetonitrile are mixed with 700 μl of DIPEA and:1.81 g of the compound of Preparation 3.39. The precipitate formed is dissolved in DCM and is then washed with KHSO4/K2SO4, with saturated NaHCO3 solution and with saturated NaCl solution. The resulting solution is dried and evaporated to dryness, and the product obtained (1.57 g) is used without further purification in the following step.
- NMR (DMSO):1.40-1.60:m:4H; 2.20-3.10:m:8H; 4.40:dq:1H; 4.60:dq:1H; 6.80-8.35:m 18H.
- B)
- 1 g of the product of the above step is suspended in 30 ml of HCl-saturated anhydrous ethanol at 0° C. and the mixture is left stirring for 24 hours in a refrigerator. The mixture is evaporated to dryness and dried in a desiccator in the presence of potassium hydroxide. The product is placed in 100 ml of anhydrous ethanol and:273 μl of DIPEA and:136 μl of ethylene-diamine are added. After stirring for 24 hours at RT, he mixture is evaporated to dryness and the residue is taken up in a butanol/chloroform/lN HCl mixture (1/1/1; v/v/v). The phases are separated out after settling has taken place and the organic phase is then washed with lN HCl and evaporated to dryness. The residue is chromatographed on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with MeOH. The product obtained is treated with a butanol/chloro-form/1N HCl mixture (1/1/1; v/v/v) and then concentrated. After crystallization from Et2O, the crystals are filtered off, washed with Et2O and then dried. 198 mg of the expected compound are obtained.
- αD 25 =+38.1° (c=1, DMF)
- MH+:624
- NMR (DMSO); 1.50-1.75 m:4H; 2.40-2.70: mt:2H; 2.75-3.25 m:6H; 4.05:s:4H; 4.55:dq: 1H; 4.775:dq:1H; 6.95-8.20:m:16H; 8.50:t 2H; 10.80:bs:2H.
-
- NMR (DMSO) of Example 44:1.50-1.75:m:4H; 2.40-2.70 mt:2H; 2.75-3.25:m:6H; 4.05 :s:4H; 4.55 dq 1H; 4.75:dq:1H; 6.95-8.20:m:16H; 8.50:t:2H; 10.80:bs:2H.
- NMR (DMSO) of Example 45:1.65-1.90:m:4H; 2.40-3.45:m:8H; 4.05::s:4H; 4.55-4.85:mt:2H; 6.95-8.25:m: 16H; 8.45 t 2H; 10.80 bs 2H.
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) of Example 46 :1.50-1.80:m:4H; 2.25-2.95:m:4H; 3.00-3.40:m:4H; 4.00:s: 4H; 4.30-4.75:mt:2H; 6.80-8.15:m :16H.
-
-
- (R,R) isomer.
- These 2 compounds are prepared in 2 successive steps according to the procedure described in Example 27, steps C and D, from the compound obtained in Preparation 4.2 and (2,4,6-trichlorophenyl)sulphonyl chloride.
- αD 25=−24° (c=0.5; MeOH)
- MH+: 676 with trichloroisotopic profile NMR (DMSO):1.50-1.65 m:4H; 2.45-3.20: m:8H; 3.95 s:4H; 4.40-4.70:mt:2H; 7.05:s 5H; 7.45:d:2H; 7.50:s:,2H; 7.90 d:2H; 8.45: d:1H; 8.80:d:1H; 10.70:bs:1H.
- II:NMR (DMSO) 1.50-1.60:m:4H; 2.45-3.15: m: 8H; 4.40-4.55 dq:1H; 4.60-4.75 dq:1H; 7.05:s 5H; 7.40 d:2H; 7.50:s:2H; 7.70:d 2H; 8.40 d:1H; 8.70:d:1H.
-
-
- (R,R) isomer
- This compound is prepared in 2 steps according to the procedure described in Example 43, starting with the compounds of Preparations 3.43 and:1.13.
- I: αD 25=+57° (c=1; DMF)
- MH+:658 and:660
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 1.40-1.60:m:4H; 2.25-3.10:m:8H; 3.95 :s:4H; 4.45-4.65:mt:2H; 6.80-8.05 m:15H.
- II:αD 25=+61° (c=1; DMF)
- NMR (DMSO) 1.40-1.60 m:4H; 2.25-3.10: m:8H; 4.35-4.50:mt:2H; 6.85-8.05:m:15H; 8.25:t:2H.
-
- (S),(R,S) isomer.
- 800 mg of the compound of Preparation 1.2 in 20 ml of DMF are mixed with 250 μl of DIPEA and:933 mg of the compound of Preparation 3.45. After stirring overnight at RT, the mixture is diluted with ether and the product is then isolated by decanting. The gum formed is triturated frorm ether and is then chromatographed on Sephadex® LH 20, eluting with MeOH. The fractions of interest are evaporated and the residue is taken up in a butanol/EtOAc/1N HCl mixture (1/1/1; v/v/v). The organic phase is separated out after settling has taken place and evaporated to dryness, the residue is taken up in Et2O and the product is filtered off and dried to give 770 mg of the expected compound.
- MH+:638
- NMR (DMSO+TFA): 1.55-1.85:m: 4H; 2.05-3.50:m :1H; 3.75:s:2H; 4.00:s: 2H; 4.45-4.95:mt: 1H; 6.70-8.20:m:16H.
-
- This compound is prepared from the compound of Preparation 3.46 and from the compound of Preparation 1.2 according to the procedure of Example 5.
- NMR (DMSO+TFA):1.5-1.8:mt:6H; 2.7-3.6: m:6H; 3.6:mt:3H; 3.6-3.9:mt:8H; 4.6-4.8: mt:2H; 6.5 d:2H; 6.8-7:m:4H; 7.4-8.1:m: 8H; 8.4:d:2H.
-
- 0.4 g of the compound obtained in the above example is dissolved in 8 ml of TFA and:0.2 ml of thioanisole. After stirring for 24 hours at RT, the mixture is evaporated, the residue is then taken up in Et2O and the product is filtered off. It is washed several times with ether and then dried over Na2SO4 in order to obtain 0.385 g of the expected compound.
- MH+:700
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 1.7-2.1 mt:6H; 2.5:d: 2H; 2.9-3.7:m:13H; 3.7-4:m:13H; 4.8:mt:1H; 5.3:mt:1H; 7.2-8.3:m :1H; 8.5:s:1H.
-
- The compound obtained in the above example is dissolved in 50 ml of MeOH containing 0.106 g of KOH. After stirring for 18 hours at RT, the medium is acidified to pH=2 by addition of a saturated solution of HCl gas in dioxane. This mixture is evaporated and the residue is taken up in 5 ml of water and triturated. The product is filtered off, washed with water and then dried in order to obtain 0.160 g of the expected compound.
- MH+=604
-
- (R,R) isomer
- This compound is prepared according to the procedure described in Example 43, but using the 1-naphthalenesulphonyl chloride in Preparation 3.38.
- αD 25=18° (c=1; DMF)
- MH+:624
- NMR (DMSO) 1.50-1.75:m:4H; 2.25-3.20: m:8H; 4.05:4H; 4.50-4.75:mt:2H; 6.85-8.70: m:18H (16H aromatic+2H).
-
- This product is prepared in 2 steps according to the procedure described for Example 2, using the compounds obtained from Preparations 3.2 and:1.14.
- MH+:638
- NMR (DMSO+TFA):0.95:ds: 3H; 1.30-1.60: m:4H; 2.40-3.40 m:8H; 4.00 ds:4H; 4.75:mt: 1H; 6.65-8.15:m:16H.
-
- (R,R) isomer
- 1.30 g of the product obtained according to the procedure of Example 43, step A are stirred for 18 hours at 4° C. in 45 ml of methanol containing 22 g of HCl gas. The reaction medium is concentrated under vacuum, re-evaporated twice with MeOH and the residue is dried under vacuum in the presence of KOH. This product is dissolved in 250 ml of methanol and:0.18 ml of ethylenediamine diluted in 15 ml of methanol are added over 90 minutes, after which the mixture is stirred for a further 18 hours. The reaction medium is concentrated under vacuum to 10 ml, an Et2O/HCl solution is added in order to bring the mixture to pH 3 and the resulting mixture is concentrated to dryness. The residue is purified by_partition chromatography on Sephadex® G 25, using the nBuOH/iPrOH/H2O solvent system (4/0.2/5; v/v/v). The product with the cyclized amidine (410 m g) as described in Example 43 is first isolated, followed by the expected product with the open amidine (410 mg).
- αD 25=+37.6° (c=0.5; DMF)
- NMR (DMSO+TFA) 1.50-1.70:m:4H; 2.30-3.15:m:1OH; 3.70:t:2H; 4.55 t :H; 4.70: t:1H; 6.90-8.10:m:16H.
- Gelatin capsule containing a 10 mg dose
Compound of Example 43 (weight expressed as 10.0 mg equivalent in non-salified form) Lactose monohydrate 200 mesh qs Methylhydroxypropylcellulose 6 mPa · s 3.0 mg Crosslinked sodium carboxymethylcellulose 4.5 mg Magnesium stearate 1.5 mg Purified water for wet granulation For a No. 3 size “opaque-white” gelatin capsule filled to 150 mg. - Splittable uncoated tablet containing 50 mg dose
Compound of Example 43 (weight expressed as 50.0 mg equivalent in non-salified form) Lactose monohydrate 200 mesh qs Microcrystalline cellulose 50 μm 27.0 mg Methylhydroxypropylcellulose 6 mPa · s 3.6 mg Crosslinked sodium carboxymethylcellulose 5.4 mg Magnesium stearate 1.8 mg Purified water for wet granulation For a finished splittable uncoated tablet containing 180 mg - Gelatin capsule containing a 1 mg dose
Compound of Example 43 (weight expressed as 1.0 mg equivalent in non-salified form) Lactose monohydrate 200 mesh qs Methylhydroxypropylcellulose 6 mPa · s 3.0 mg Crosslinked sodium carboxymethylcellulose 4.5 mg Magnesium stearate 1.5 mg Purified water for wet granulation For a No. 3 size “opaque-white” gelatin capsule filled to 100 mg.
Claims (12)
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/948,011 US6433185B1 (en) | 1996-01-11 | 2001-09-06 | N-(arylsulphonyl) amino acid derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US10/165,299 US6610882B2 (en) | 1996-01-11 | 2002-06-07 | N-(arylsulphonyl) amino acid derivatives |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
FR9600269A FR2743562B1 (en) | 1996-01-11 | 1996-01-11 | N- (ARYLSULFONYL) AMINO ACID DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION, THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM |
FR9600269 | 1996-01-11 | ||
US09/101,214 US6015812A (en) | 1996-01-11 | 1997-01-07 | N-(arylsulphonyl)amino acid derivatives having bradykinin receptor affinity |
US09/434,333 US6100278A (en) | 1996-01-11 | 1999-11-04 | N-(arylsulphonyl)amino acid derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US09/593,067 US6313120B1 (en) | 1996-01-11 | 2000-06-13 | N-(arylsulfonyl) amino acid derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US09/948,011 US6433185B1 (en) | 1996-01-11 | 2001-09-06 | N-(arylsulphonyl) amino acid derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/593,067 Division US6313120B1 (en) | 1996-01-11 | 2000-06-13 | N-(arylsulfonyl) amino acid derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/165,299 Division US6610882B2 (en) | 1996-01-11 | 2002-06-07 | N-(arylsulphonyl) amino acid derivatives |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US6433185B1 US6433185B1 (en) | 2002-08-13 |
US20020115685A1 true US20020115685A1 (en) | 2002-08-22 |
Family
ID=27670805
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/948,011 Expired - Fee Related US6433185B1 (en) | 1996-01-11 | 2001-09-06 | N-(arylsulphonyl) amino acid derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US10/165,299 Expired - Fee Related US6610882B2 (en) | 1996-01-11 | 2002-06-07 | N-(arylsulphonyl) amino acid derivatives |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/165,299 Expired - Fee Related US6610882B2 (en) | 1996-01-11 | 2002-06-07 | N-(arylsulphonyl) amino acid derivatives |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US6433185B1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20030220375A1 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2003-11-27 | Wood Michael R. | N-biphenyl(substituted methyl) aminocycloalkane-carboxamide derivatives |
US20050085667A1 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2005-04-21 | Wood Michael R. | N-biphenylmethyl aminocycloalkanecarboxamide derivatives |
Families Citing this family (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE602004021933D1 (en) * | 2003-05-02 | 2009-08-20 | Elan Pharm Inc | 4-BROM-5- (2-CHLORO-BENZOYLAMINO) -1H-PYRAZOLE-3-CARBOXYLIC ACID (PHENYL) AMID DERIVATIVES AND RELATED COMPOUNDS AS BRADYKININ B1 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY DISEASES |
WO2004098590A1 (en) * | 2003-05-02 | 2004-11-18 | Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 4-bromo-5- (2-chloro-benzoylamino)-1h-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (1-(aminocarbonyl) eth-1-yl) amide derivatives and related compounds as bradykinin b1 receptor antagonists for the treatment of inflammatory diseases |
EP1633348B1 (en) * | 2003-05-02 | 2008-10-08 | Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 4- BROMO - 5 - (2- CHLORO - BENZOYLAMINO) - 1H - PYRAZOLE - 3 - CARBOXYLIC ACID AMIDE DERIVATIVES AND RELATED COMPOUNDS AS BRADYKININ B sb 1 /sb RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY DISEASES |
WO2006044412A1 (en) | 2004-10-12 | 2006-04-27 | Amgen Inc. | Novel b1 bradykinin receptor antagonists |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
FR2701480B1 (en) * | 1993-02-15 | 1995-05-24 | Sanofi Elf | Compounds with a sulfamoyl and amidino group, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them. |
-
2001
- 2001-09-06 US US09/948,011 patent/US6433185B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2002
- 2002-06-07 US US10/165,299 patent/US6610882B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20030220375A1 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2003-11-27 | Wood Michael R. | N-biphenyl(substituted methyl) aminocycloalkane-carboxamide derivatives |
US20050085667A1 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2005-04-21 | Wood Michael R. | N-biphenylmethyl aminocycloalkanecarboxamide derivatives |
US6919343B2 (en) | 2002-02-08 | 2005-07-19 | Merck & Co., Inc. | N-biphenyl(substituted methyl) aminocycloalkane-carboxamide derivatives |
US7091380B2 (en) | 2002-02-08 | 2006-08-15 | Merck & Co., Inc. | N-biphenylmethyl aminocycloalkanecarboxamide derivatives |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US6433185B1 (en) | 2002-08-13 |
US6610882B2 (en) | 2003-08-26 |
US20030073641A1 (en) | 2003-04-17 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6313120B1 (en) | N-(arylsulfonyl) amino acid derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them | |
AU673398B2 (en) | Compounds bearing sulphamoyl and amidino radicals, their preparation process and pharmaceutical compositions containing them | |
FI104069B (en) | Process for the preparation of therapeutically useful 3- (phenyl- or cycloalkyl) -3-hydroxy-1-phenylsulfonyl-2-indoline carboxamide derivatives | |
US9493402B2 (en) | Omega-aminoalkylamides of R-2-aryl-propionic acids as inhibitors of the chemotaxis of polymorphonucleate and mononucleate cells | |
AU648751B2 (en) | Novel aminobenzoates | |
AU2002255077B2 (en) | Derivatives of N-(arylsulfonyl)beta-aminoacids comprising a substituted aminomethyl group, the preparation method thereof and the pharmaceutical compositions containing same | |
JP4202438B2 (en) | Adhesive receptor antagonist compound | |
CZ296915B6 (en) | Retroviral protease inhibiting compounds | |
EP0331921A1 (en) | Renin inhibitors containing alpha-heteroatom amino acids | |
US5852051A (en) | Dipeptide p-amidinobenzylamides with N-terminal sulfonyl or aminosulfonyl radicals | |
JP4384277B2 (en) | Substituted 6- and 7-aminotetrahydroisoquinolinecarboxylic acids | |
HUT70936A (en) | Substituted dialkyl-thioethers, process for producing them and pharmaceutical compositions containing them | |
JPWO2009001730A1 (en) | Novel compound having β-secretase inhibitory activity | |
US6433185B1 (en) | N-(arylsulphonyl) amino acid derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them | |
CZ294233B6 (en) | Acylaminoalkenyl amide derivatives, process of their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions in which the derivatives are comprised | |
US5523410A (en) | Intermediate for synthesis and production of amino acid derivative | |
JP3116256B2 (en) | (Thio) urea derivatives | |
MXPA00004241A (en) | Novel 2,3-methano-amino acid compounds, a process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them. | |
CA2241788C (en) | Novel n-(arylsulphonyl)amino acid derivatives, their preparation process and pharmaceutical compositions containing them | |
US5126451A (en) | Renin inhibitors containing α-heteroatom amino acids | |
MXPA01006088A (en) | Substituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives, their production and their use as medicines |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SANOFI-AVENTIS,FRANCE Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:SANOFI-SYNTHELABO;REEL/FRAME:016345/0189 Effective date: 20040820 Owner name: SANOFI-AVENTIS, FRANCE Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:SANOFI-SYNTHELABO;REEL/FRAME:016345/0189 Effective date: 20040820 |
|
FPAY | Fee payment |
Year of fee payment: 4 |
|
FPAY | Fee payment |
Year of fee payment: 8 |
|
REMI | Maintenance fee reminder mailed | ||
LAPS | Lapse for failure to pay maintenance fees | ||
STCH | Information on status: patent discontinuation |
Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED DUE TO NONPAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEES UNDER 37 CFR 1.362 |
|
FP | Lapsed due to failure to pay maintenance fee |
Effective date: 20140813 |